|
|
|
|
Program Name: Add_Change
Programmer's Name: timothy barker Application # 24
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-11-05
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Numeric tool to add a temporary \\"change\\" grid (WG1 in our case - but you could modify to any grid) onto the current contents of a grid. Useful in combination with the \\"Change_over_Time\\" and \\"Change_over_Model\\" tools.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Add_Change_over_Model
Programmer's Name: timothy barker Application # 23
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-11-05
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Numeric tool that adds a temporary \\"change\\" grid (WG1 in our case - but you could modify for any grid) and adds it to a model grid, and stores the result in the current grid. Use in combination with the \\"Change_over_Model\\" tool.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Add_Change_over_Time
Programmer's Name: timothy barker Application # 22
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-11-05
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Numeric tool that adds a temporary \\"change\\" grid (WG1 in this case - but you could modify to use any grid) and add it to the same grid from X hours ago (User gets to specify X)
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Add_Fog_and_Frost
Programmer's Name: Brian Smith Application # 720
Programmer's Site: (LZK ) Region: SR
Version: 2.0
Version Date: 2004-01-13
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Same basic premise as Version 1, only now added \"patchy frost\" for those who wish to customize their local weather element configuration.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Add_Fog_and_Frost
Programmer's Name: Brian Smith Application # 662
Programmer's Site: (LZK ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-10-21
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool adds Fog, Freezing Fog, or Frost to the weather grid or grids, based on user input. This does not take dewpoint depression or wind speed thresholds into account.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Adjust
Programmer's Name: Timothy Barker Application # 800
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 1.2
Version Date: 2004-08-27
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Combined tool to do simple math operations (add, subtract, multiply, divide) with optional edge effects (edge or taper) and elevation effects (mountain, valley, or specific) in a single combined tool.
Version 1.2 now works with query edit areas.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Adjust_All
Programmer's Name: Greg Martin Application # 420
Programmer's Site: (SGX ) Region: WR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2003-05-09
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool incorporates many of the basic editing tools in a common interface. This includes many of Tim Barker's tools including UpMtn, DownVly, etc. Version 1.1 removes the dialog box.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Adjust_by_Aspect
Programmer's Name: David Elson Application # 1040
Programmer's Site: (PQR ) Region: WR
Version: 2.0
Version Date: 2006-05-08
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This procedure allows the forecaster to make adjustments to scalar fields based on the aspect (facing) of the
topography and the elevation. An adjustable topographic scale enables the size of features keyed on to vary. Changes may include such actions as adding a few degrees to the MaxT on
the southwest face of a mountain, or decreasing Sky cover on the lee side of a mountain range.
Version 2.0 is a numeric conversion of the old smart tool by the same name, to a procedure. Additionally, the ability to differentiate between changes applied at high and low elevations has been added (the same amount of change was applied at all elevations in the previous version of the tool.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Adjust_Temps_Layers
Programmer's Name: rmurphy Application # 527
Programmer's Site: (BGM ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-11-06
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Adjust_Temps_Layers
The IFPS/GFE build used to develop the tool - 11.4
Edits: T, Td, MaxT, MinT grid.
Purpose: For manual, fine adjustment of temperatures within the layer selected.
Usage: Use the sliders to select the top and bottom elevations, and the amount to add/subtract to the grid. Default values are 400 ft for lower elevation, 1500 ft for the top, and 1 degree F for temperature adjustment.
Limitations: The tool results depend solely on forecaster input. The tool does not assume any lapse rate with the selected layer. Note that sites may have to change the
default Bottom and Top elevations in the smarttool for their location. This can be done by changing the default values in the Variable List section of the tool code.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: AdjustValue_ByFactor
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 41
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-01-25
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Multiplies all values by forecaster entered factor, such as 0.5 or 2.0.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: AdjustValue_byPercent
Programmer's Name: Brian Brong Application # 350
Programmer's Site: (REV ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-11-06
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Allows user to modify a scalar grid up or down by a defined percent. Once you start the tool a GUI will appear prompting the user to enter a percent change value (50 = 50%) and a radio button to select Up (increase the values by the percent) or Down (decrease the values by the percent).
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Adjust_with_3Dtaper
Programmer's Name: Carl Dierking Application # 432
Programmer's Site: (AJK ) Region: AR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-04-29
Type: Smart Tool
Description: A basic editing tool for making positive or negative grid adjustments within an edit area and tapering the amount of adjustment horizontally toward the edge of the grid and vertically to a given elevation. The amount of horizontal and vertical taper are selected by the user at runtime. The vertical taper is applied from the lowest elevation when adjusting from the bottom up, but from the highest elevation when adjusting top down.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Advanced_Mix_Hgt
Programmer's Name: Matt Davis Application # 1122
Programmer's Site: (ARX ) Region: CR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2007-02-27
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Advanced mixing height algorithm is used as in NCNWS fire bundle, to correct model vs. fcst sfc. temp differences.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: AfterBackup_CopyRestore
Programmer's Name: Timothy Barker Application # 741
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2004-02-23
Type: Smart Tool
Description: A procedure that runs the Copy_from_Model tool to copy the Restore database into the Forecast database after a site comes back up after a service backup episode. Allows data outside the CWA to remain unchanged - but copies data inside the CWA from the Restore database.
Must have the Copy_from_Model tool installed.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: AGLMix
Programmer's Name: Jeremy Martin Application # 1190
Programmer's Site: (GLD ) Region: CR
Version: 2.0
Version Date: 2007-11-30
Type: Smart Tool
Description:
Tool will return temperature or dewpoint values based on a standard height AGL from GFE terrain. For temperature it will find the temperature value at the desired height and bring down adiabaticly.For dewpoint an average mixing ratio is calculated and converted to Td. The dewpoint portion of the tool uses same calculations as Mix_Td Tool from Matt Davis.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Align_Grids
Programmer's Name: Paul Jendrowski Application # 838
Programmer's Site: (RNK ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2004-11-12
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This procedure will align the time breaks of selected weather elements to match the time breaks of the individual grids of a \"source\" element. The main idea is to help minimize manual splitting and stretching of grids in the Grid Manager.
Built on IFPS 16 but should work with 15.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: All_Cool_Weather
Programmer's Name: Chris Broyles Application # 276
Programmer's Site: (AMA ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-11-24
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool will allow the forecaster to assign most cool weather types (T,TRW,RW,R,S,SW,IP,ZR,ZL,L,F,F+). The following weather type combinations can be assigned: RW and SW, RW and IP, RW and ZR, R and S, R and IP, R and S, SW and IP, SW and ZR, S and IP, and S and ZR. These combinations can be assigned providing that intensities of the two weather types are the same. Weather coverage or uncertainty terms are conformed to your PoP grids. Severe weather and heavy precipitation options are available.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: All_Fog_Drizzle
Programmer's Name: Chris Broyles Application # 274
Programmer's Site: (AMA ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-10-18
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This smart tool outputs fog, dense fog or drizzle based on the user's need. It will depict patchy, areas, widespread or occasional at the user's request.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: All_Warm_Weather
Programmer's Name: Chris Broyles Application # 275
Programmer's Site: (AMA ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-10-18
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This smart tool allows the forecaster to assign most warm weather types (T, TRW, RW, R, L, F). The smart tool conforms your weather to your PoP grids. Severe weather and heavy rain options are available.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: All_Wx_Tool
Programmer's Name: Steven Nelson Application # 286
Programmer's Site: (FFC ) Region: SR
Version: 2.1
Version Date: 2003-11-05
Type: Smart Tool
Description: v2.1 Fixed bugs. Ignores model grids where no model data defined.
v2.0 Enhanced version, can use Model 850mb T, Fcst Sfc T, or a blend to compute Wx types. Can specify intensities for each precip type. Uses either PoP or PoP1 grid.
Computes a Wx grid from PoP and Temperature grids, and from user input Temperature thresholds.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: ALY 1 Button HPC and GMOS
Programmer's Name: Vasil Koleci Application # 1254
Programmer's Site: (ALY ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2008-06-27
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This package contains a series of procedures that will populate days 4-7 with 1 button. There are 2 versions 1 for the GMOS and 1 for HPC
Languages:
Status: Testing
Documentation:
Program Name: Analog
Programmer's Name: Les Colin Application # 1106
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 1.3
Version Date: 2007-02-22
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Improves model smart-inited temperature grids by finding past analogs to those grids and adjusting the current grids by the errors made by the analogs. Version 1.3 corrects a minor error in retrieving only verifiable past analogs.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Analog14
Programmer's Name: Les Colin Application # 1223
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 1.4
Version Date: 2008-02-11
Type: Smart Tool
Description: The tool is used to populate grids and applies to Temp and Dew point grids. This is what I wanted to say for the tool description: Improves model smart-inited temperature grids by finding past analogs to those grids and adjusting the current grids by the (known) errors made by the analogs. Version 1.4 weights the adjustments by how closely the analog grids match a current grid. The tool also includes Official as a model entry in the GUI for convenience in verification. Version 1.4 (thats why the tool is named Analog14) is compatible with BOIVerify 2.0.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Analog14.1
Programmer's Name: Les Colin Application # 1270
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 1.41
Version Date: 2008-09-04
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Minor adjustment that allows tool to work in time zones other than Mountain. The tool is used to populate Temp and Dew point grids. Improves on model smart-inited temperature grids by finding past analogs to those grids and adjusting the current grids by the (known) errors made by the analogs. Version 1.41 weights the adjustments by how closely the analog grids match a current grid. The tool also includes Official as a model entry in the GUI for convenience in verification. Version 1.41 (thats why the tool is named Analog14.1) is compatible with BOIVerify 2.0.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: AnalogPoP
Programmer's Name: Les Colin Application # 1283
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2009-02-12
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This corrects an error in the documentation and repeated in the tool header. Improves model PoP grids by finding past analogs to current model grids or blends and adjusting the current grids by the frequency of observed pcpn in the older cases.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: AndOrPcpn
Programmer's Name: Les Colin Application # 893
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2006-12-18
Type: Smart Tool
Description: With multiple precipitation types, toggles between \"and\" and \"or\", which can help in text formatting. For example, instead of \"...rain likely or a chance of snow\", you can have \"...rain likely and a chance of snow\". Tool also works with combinations of 3 or more precipitation types.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: AndOrPcpn
Programmer's Name: Les Colin Application # 1096
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2006-12-18
Type: Smart Tool
Description: With multiple precipitation types, toggles between \\"and\\" and \\"or\\", which can help in text formatting. For example, instead of \\"...rain likely or a chance of snow\\", you can have \\"...rain likely and a chance of snow\\". Tool also works with combinations of 3 or more precipitation types. New version repairs bug relating to unchanged Wx keys.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Apparent Temperature
Programmer's Name: David Metze Application # 1160
Programmer's Site: (PUB ) Region: CR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2007-10-10
Type: Text Formatter
Description: The Apparent Temperature concept is designed to replace WindChill and HeatIndex GFE Weather Elements, and become more inline with the NWS's flagship product...NDFD...which has Apparent Temperature as an official Weather Element.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: ArchVU
Programmer's Name: Les Colin Application # 1047
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2006-06-15
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Suite of 12 tools for comprehensive model-blending, creating, and verifying MaxT and MinT grids.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: BackgroundScratchGridChecker
Programmer's Name: David Metze Application # 1064
Programmer's Site: (PUB ) Region: CR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2006-07-21
Type: Consistency Script
Description: The tool is designed to check for scratch grids in the Official database for Weather Elements that should not have scratch grids. This “watchdog” tool will alert forecasters to possible problems with the Official forecast database and subsequent forecasts(e.g. NDFD, images, point-click, and text) since scratch grids are being used in the forecast.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Bays_Tool
Programmer's Name: Mike Buchanan Application # 187
Programmer's Site: Corpus Christi WFO (Corpus Christi, TX) (CRP ) Region: SR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2002-06-17
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool will produce waveheight values across protected marine areas such as bays. The waveheight values are based upon existing wind values. The wind wave nomogram and fetch limitations were considered in this tool.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Between
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 170
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-05-31
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Lets one force values between an upper and lower limit.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: BlowingDust
Programmer's Name: Greg Martin Application # 419
Programmer's Site: (SGX ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-04-10
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool applies blowing sand and/or dust to wx for pre-defined edit areas based on user-input thresholds for wind speed and wind gust.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: BOIVerify
Programmer's Name: Timothy Barker Application # 1089
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2006-11-09
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Various tools and routines to support a Gridded Verification System.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: BOIVerify
Programmer's Name: Timothy Barker Application # 1007
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 0.1
Version Date: 2006-01-25
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Various tools and routines to support a Gridded Verification System.
Languages:
Status: Under Development
Documentation:
Program Name: BOX_Sky_SmartInit
Programmer's Name: Matthew Belk Application # 1119
Programmer's Site: (BOX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2007-02-09
Type: Smart Initialization
Description: These SmartInits build upon the baseline Sky SmartInit, but improve the output using all available data levels and a critical RH threshold. This threshold can be customized by the site. Versions for the GFS40 and NAM12 are provided, but the algorithm could be extended to any model.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: BOX_Wx_tool
Programmer's Name: Matthew Belk Application # 1095
Programmer's Site: (BOX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.3
Version Date: 2006-12-17
Type: Smart Tool
Description: The BOX_Wx_Tool creates Wx grids that are consistent with other fields in the GFE Fcst database, namely PoP, Sky, T and QPF. If certain other fields are added to the GFE databases, the tool can also assign convective and mixed precipitation types. Stratiform or Convective types can be assigned with either Probability or Coverage terminology.
Mixed precipitation types are determined using the TREND technique developed by Keeter (WFO RAH) as shown in BUFKIT by Mahoney et al. (WDTB).
The user documentation descibes these fields, how to add them to your database, and the methodology used to determine a final Wx type. Currently obstructions to visibility are not attempted.
QPF is used to determine precipitation intensity. QPF grids can range from 1 to 6 hours in length. The user documentation provides a detailed explanation of how weather intensity is determined. Currently the intensity of snow and drizzle are not checked against forecast visibility.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: BOX_Wx_tool
Programmer's Name: Matthew Belk Application # 278
Programmer's Site: (BOX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2003-12-02
Type: Smart Tool
Description: The BOX_Wx_Tool creates Wx grids that are consistent with other fields in the GFE Fcst database, namely PoP, Sky, T and QPF. If certain other fields are added to the GFE databases, the tool can also assign convective and mixed precipitation types. Stratiform or Convective types can be assigned with either Probability or Coverage terminology.
Mixed precipitation types are determined using the TREND technique developed by Keeter (WFO RAH) as shown in BUFKIT by Mahoney et al. (WDTB).
The user documentation descibes these fields, how to add them to your database, and the methodology used to determine a final Wx type. Currently obstructions to visibility are not attempted.
QPF is used to determine precipitation intensity. QPF grids can range from 1 to 6 hours in length. The user documentation provides a detailed explanation of how weather intensity is determined. Currently the intensity of snow and drizzle are not checked against forecast visibility.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: BTV_SkyTool
Programmer's Name: Peter Banacos Application # 1104
Programmer's Site: (BTV ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2007-01-30
Type: Smart Tool
Description: The BTV_SkyTool (and BTV_SkyProcedure) populates the sky grid based on an algorithm that finds the maximum model-layer relative humidity (RH), and then applies an exponential relationship to convert RH to sky cover at each grid point. The BTV_SkyTool contains other functions, including the ability to turn on/off near surface and high clouds, the option to apply RH with respect to ice at temperatures below -25C, and limit value functionality. The tool runs on NAM12 or GFS40 gridded data.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: BUF_WxTool
Programmer's Name: John Rozbicki Application # 1029
Programmer's Site: (BUF ) Region: ER
Version: 2.0
Version Date: 2006-03-28
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool is an enhancement to the original Wx_SmartTool (written by Tracy Hansen, FSL). Both tools assign Wx based on the corresponding PoP grids; however the BUF_WxTool offers the following enhancements:
(1) Weather types of RW, SW, R, S, IP, ZR, L, ZL, and F may be used; (2) Up to three weather types may be mixed together and different intensities (very light [--], light [-], moderate [m], or heavy [+]) may be assigned to each; (3) Either probability or areal coverage qualifiers may be used; (4) Thunder (T) may be included with any of the supported precipitation types; (5) Severe thunderstorm attributes may be specified when thunderstorms are forecast, and (6) the forecaster can optionally override the default probability/coverage obtained from the PoP grid for any/all of the selected weather types.
With version 2.0, there have been numerous changes to the tool. The most significant changes are:
(1) Capability to (optionally) override the default probability/coverage obtained from the PoP grid(s) has been added; (2) F, L, and ZL have been added to the list of supported weather types; (3) very light [--] intensities have been added to the tool GUI; (4) a severe thunderstorm attribute for tornadoes has been added; (5) the minimum PoP threshold for SChc/Iso weather has been made site-configurable; and (6) numerous checks have been added to prevent invalid weather types from being assigned. Please see the tool documentation for a full description of all modifications.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: BUF_WxTool
Programmer's Name: John Rozbicki Application # 882
Programmer's Site: (BUF ) Region: ER
Version: 1.2
Version Date: 2005-02-24
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool is an enhancement to the original Wx_SmartTool (written by Tracy Hansen, FSL). Both tools assign Wx based on the corresponding PoP grids; however the BUF_WxTool offers the following enhancements:
(1) Precipitation types of RW, SW, R, S, IP, and ZR may be used; (2) Up to three precipitation types may be mixed together and a different intensity (light [-], moderate [m], or heavy [+]) may be assigned to each; (3) Either probability or areal coverage qualifiers may be used; (4) Thunder (T) may be included with any of the supported precipitation types; and
(5) Severe thunderstorm attributes may be specified when thunderstorms are forecast.
Changes with Version 1.2: Updated for IFPS 16.2. Hail (A) is no longer a separate weather type in GFE, so removed separate handling of hail attributes from other thunderstorm attributes. This resulted in a simplification of the code, and the removal of all references to 'hailstring'. Also, fixed a potential bug which could result in 'DmgW' not being assigned even if it was selected by the forecaster.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Bump_to_HourlyT
Programmer's Name: Jason Schaumann Application # 1152
Programmer's Site: (SGF ) Region: CR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2007-05-20
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Assigns MaxT(MinT) values from hourly T grids in active edit area over selected time range only where T > MaxT(T < MinT). This would be useful if editing hourly T grids in the short term and verifying if they are consistent with their respective MaxT/MinT grids. This tool would then edit the MaxT/MinT grid if necessary.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: CalcBig6
Programmer's Name: Timothy Barker Application # 974
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2005-11-28
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Useful in Western Region to keep TdMrn/TdAft grids up-to-date with MaxT/MinT and MinRH/MaxRH grids at all times. Keeps internal consistency among parameters as well as temporal consistency (meaning MaxT at least as high as the previous MinT, MinRH at least as low as previous MaxRH, etc.)
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: CalcRH_from_T_and_Td
Programmer's Name: Timothy Barker Application # 309
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-11-05
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Simple mathematicaly calculation of Relative Humidity from a Temperature and Dewpoint Grid. Formula is slightly different than provided in the \\"RHTool\\" that is part of the base GFE software.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: CalcSurfHeight
Programmer's Name: Sarah Prior Application # 1062
Programmer's Site: (GUM ) Region: PR
Version: 3
Version Date: 2006-08-23
Type: Smart Tool
Description: CalcSurfHeight calculates SurfHeight Grids along a coastline. CalcSurfHeight requires the Swell/Swell2 Grid, Period/Period2 Grid, WindWaveHgt Grid, Wind Grid, and Topo Grid as input. CalcSurfHeight works nicely with the Surf Zone Forecast (SRF) Formatter now available in the latest experimental GFE release.
NOTE: CalcSurfHeight requires creating a SurfHeight Grid in the localConfig.py server file.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: CalcSurfHeight
Programmer's Name: Sarah Prior Application # 1038
Programmer's Site: (GUM ) Region: PR
Version: 2.0
Version Date: 2006-07-16
Type: Smart Tool
Description: CalcSurfHeight calculates SurfHeight Grids along a coastline. CalcSurfHeight requires the Swell/Swell2 Grid, Period/Period2 Grid, WindWaveHgt Grid, Wind Grid, and Topo Grid as input. CalcSurfHeight works nicely with the Surf Zone Forecast (SRF) Formatter now available in the latest experimental GFE release.
NOTE: CalcSurfHeight requires creating a SurfHeight Grid in the localConfig.py server file.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: CalcTd_from_T_and_RH
Programmer's Name: Timothy Barker Application # 308
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-11-05
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Simple mathematical calculation of Dewpoint (Td) given a grid of Temperature (T) and Relative Humidity (RH). Exact inverse of the CalcRH_from_T_and_Td tool (which is virtually identical to the base software \\\\"RHTool\\\\" tool)
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: CalcThetaE
Programmer's Name: Paul Stanko Application # 1084
Programmer's Site: (GUM ) Region: PR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2006-10-03
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Helps to diagnose locations susceptible to convective weather by creating ThetaE grids. Since ThetaE involves both temperature and humidity, the two main ingredients for instability, both can be handled in one parameter. Allows calculations aloft to check for elevated instability. Allows calculations over a layer which are then summed and averaged.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: CarlsSTRtest
Programmer's Name: carl mccalla Application # 1269
Programmer's Site: Meteorological Development Lab (OST ) Region: OST
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2008-09-04
Type: Smart Tool
Description: NONE
Languages:
Status: Testing
Documentation:
Program Name: CarSnowAmt
Programmer's Name: Dan Cobb Application # 1099
Programmer's Site: (GRR ) Region: CR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2007-01-05
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool uses upper level temperatures, vertical motion, and relative humidity to calculate a snowratio. The tool algorithm uses a blend of approaches based on the findings Dube`(2003), and also in part Waldstreicher(2001), and the top-down microphysical diagnostics of Baumgardt(2001). The derived snowratio is then multiplied by the QPF field to yield a snow amount. The tool is capable of producing snowratios from 0 to 25:1. Highest snowratios occur when vertical motion maxima coincide with snow production zone (ie temperatures between -12 and -18 Celsius).
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: CarSnowAmt
Programmer's Name: Dan Cobb Application # 832
Programmer's Site: (GRR ) Region: CR
Version: 0.6
Version Date: 2007-01-05
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool uses upper level temperatures, vertical motion, and relative humidity to calculate a snowratio. The tool algorithm uses a blend of approaches based on the findings Dube`(2003), and also in part Waldstreicher(2001), and the top-down microphysical diagnostics of Baumgardt(2001). The derived snowratio is then multiplied by the QPF field to yield a snow amount. The tool is capable of producing snowratios from 0 to 25:1. Highest snowratios occur when vertical motion maxima coincide with snow production zone (ie temperatures between -12 and -18 Celsius).
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Category
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 43
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-01-25
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Allows one to choose a Sky category to assign.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: CategoryRange
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 44
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-01-25
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Allows one to choose a Sky category range to assign.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: CCF 7 Day Text Formatter
Programmer's Name: Chris Darden Application # 109
Programmer's Site: (MEG ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-03-02
Type: Procedure
Description: This formatter will produce a 7 day CCF in the same format as the MDL version.
Languages:
Status: Testing
Documentation:
Program Name: Change_over_Model
Programmer's Name: timothy barker Application # 10
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-11-05
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Numeric tool that calculates the difference between forecast and model for any parm and stores it in a temporary \\"change\\" grid (WG1 in our case - but you could modify for any grid). You can then modify this \\"change\\" grid seperately and use the \\"Add_Change_over_Model\\" tool to add back in your changes.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Change_over_MOS
Programmer's Name: Carl Dierking Application # 746
Programmer's Site: (AJK ) Region: AR
Version: 1.2
Version Date: 2004-03-18
Type: Smart Tool
Description:
This is basically the MatchMOS tool written by Tim Barker but modified to output a change grid rather than directly affecting the fcst grid. This allows refinement of the change before applying it to the fcst grid.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Change_over_Time
Programmer's Name: timothy barker Application # 9
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2003-11-05
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Calculates the difference between your forecast grid and the same forecast grid X hours ago, and stores it in a temporary \\\\"change\\\\" grid (WG1 in our case - but you could make it any grid). User gets to specify X. Can then edit the \\\\"change\\\\" grid seperately, and use the \\\\"Add_Change_over_Time\\\\" tool to modify how this forecast grid changes over time. New version also calculates changes in model grids.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: change_over_time_ISC
Programmer's Name: Brian Brong Application # 920
Programmer's Site: (REV ) Region: WR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2005-07-01
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Modified version of Tim Barker's change_over_time tool. Runs from the ISC database, so forecaters can view changes from neighboring offices.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: ChangeWx
Programmer's Name: Les Colin Application # 1083
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 1.2
Version Date: 2006-09-28
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Allows changes to be made to a single wx-type within an edit region on the Wx grid. The wx-type can exist alone or in combination with other wx-types. You can change intensity or prob/coverage, and even the wx-type itself
provided the new wx-type has a valid form (e.g., can't have \\\"Ptchy RW-\\\"). The tool can also be used to remove a wx-type. ChangeWx does not address visilility or attributes in Wx specifications (separate tools are planned for them). Version 1.2 has been extensively rewritten and greatly expanded over version 1.1 and errors have been corrected. Version 1.2 notifies user if the changed Wx affects PoP. Other diagnostics and error banners have been enhanced.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: ChangeWx
Programmer's Name: les colin Application # 768
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2004-06-12
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Allows changes to be made to a single Wx-type within an edit region on the Wx grid. The Wx-type can exist alone or in combination with other Wx-types. You can change intensity or prob/coverage, and even the Wx-type itself
provided the new Wx-type has a valid form (e.g., can't have \\"Ptchy RW-\\"). The tool can also be used to remove a Wx-type.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: ChangeWx
Programmer's Name: Les Colin Application # 1277
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 1.21
Version Date: 2008-11-25
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Version 1.21 corrects an error when Wx is \"removed\", otherwise tool is unchanged. Allows changes to be made to a single wx-type within an edit region on the Wx grid. The wx-type can exist alone or in combination with other wx-types. You can change intensity or prob/coverage, and even the wx-type itself
provided the new wx-type has a valid form (e.g., can't have \\\\"Ptchy RW-\\\\"). The tool can also be used to remove a wx-type.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: CheckQPFandPoP
Programmer's Name: Thomas Earle Application # 987
Programmer's Site: (PDT ) Region: WR
Version: 1.2
Version Date: 2005-12-08
Type: Consistency Script
Description: This tool ensures QPF, PoP, and SnowAmt integrity. Version 1.2 improves the handling of mismatched time ranges, especially between the PoP and QPF. If the QPF time range is \"contained\" within an associated PoP time range, all integrity issues will be removed. However, if the QPF time range is not contained in the time range of an associated PoP grid, the grid CANNOT be changed since this is a catch-22 situation; hence, if there are any integrity issues, they WILL remain. See the documentation for more details.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: CheckTandTd
Programmer's Name: Tom LeFebvre Application # 998
Programmer's Site: (FSL ) Region: FSL
Version: 6.5
Version Date: 2006-01-04
Type: Consistency Script
Description: Version 6.5 adds a status message when the procedure completes.
Version 6.4 updates internal comments to avoid confusion.
Version 6.3 fixes a bug that can occur when there is a missing MinT grid in the inventory.
The CheckTandTd procedure is intended to be a final check on the Temperature (T) and Dew Point (Td) grids. The tool checks that the following meteorological conditions are maintained throughout the forecast database:
MinT <= MaxT
MinT <= T <= MaxT
Td <= T
Optionally, the tool can be run to show the time and area over which the above conditions are violated.
Version 6.2 properly removes all temporary weather elements
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: CheckTTdWind
Programmer's Name: Tom LeFebvre Application # 1281
Programmer's Site: (FSL ) Region: FSL
Version: 1.2
Version Date: 2008-12-19
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Similar to CheckTandTd, this tool additionally checks to ensure that Wind <= WindGust
V1.2: New option to run over selected time range only.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: CheckTTdWind
Programmer's Name: Tom LeFebvre Application # 1067
Programmer's Site: (FSL ) Region: FSL
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2006-07-26
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Similar to CheckTandTd, this tool additionally checks to ensure that Wind <= WindGust
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: CheckTTdWind
Programmer's Name: Tom LeFebvre Application # 1072
Programmer's Site: (FSL ) Region: FSL
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2006-08-02
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Similar to CheckTandTd, this tool additionally checks to ensure that Wind <= WindGust
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: ChooseProcedures
Programmer's Name: Robert Stauber Application # 351
Programmer's Site: (PHI ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-01-10
Type: Procedure
Description: Due to the proliferation of procedures that have been created to aid the forecast process, It may become difficult to remember which procedures to run at which time. Also, the order in which procedures are run may be important, e.g., temperature and dew point must be correct before relative humidity grids are created.
This new program, “Choose Procedures”, has been written which allows the forecaster to choose multiple procedures to run from a menu. The selected procedures (some or all) will always be run in the order that they appear in the menu. The menu can serve as a reminder of procedures which the forecaster should run, or at least consider using.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: ChooseProcedures_FireWx
Programmer's Name: Rob Radzanowski Application # 444
Programmer's Site: (CTP ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-05-27
Type: Smart Tool
Description: We already have many fire weather tools in place. But there is really not a good way to quickly run a series of user-selected smart tools on multiple elements. This tool was created to organize our frequently used fire weather populate/manipulate tools in one easy-to-use and
easy-to-configure GUI. This setup allows users to customize the script to meet their local fire weather needs.
The ChooseProcedures_FireWx tool allows the user to list/run all fire weather tools from one pop-up window. The advantages are 1.) Reducing the number of clicks needed to generate
the fire weather forecast, and 2.) Reduce the time needed to populate/generate the necessary grids.
Many of the fire weather grids have already been completed for the public forecast by the time the fire weather forecast is made. This procedure will allow the forecaster to quickly generate
the remaining grids needed for the forecast and meet NDFD requirements. The default ChooseProcedures_FireWx tool contains procedures to populate/generate the RH, MaxRH, MinRH, LAL, Haines, MixHgt and TransWind grids. Basically, a procedure is generated for each element/combination of elements, that defines the time range you want to use. Then, the procedure runs the Smart Tool/s or populates from the models across that time range to manipulate the grids.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: ClimoGrid Configuration
Programmer's Name: William Rasch Application # 829
Programmer's Site: (BYZ ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2004-10-19
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Instructions on how we have set up Climo Databases in Billings. This isn't a smart tool but just instructions on how you can set the database. A smart tool is included to show how you can pull grids from the Climo database into Fcst Database. We have this set up mainly for Winds but could be done basically for any weather element.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Coastal_Finalize
Programmer's Name: Greg Martin Application # 366
Programmer's Site: (SGX ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-02-13
Type: Procedure
Description: Once Wind, Swell, and Swell2 are finalized, this will
generate WindGust, WindWaveHgt, and Waveheight.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Coastal_Wind
Programmer's Name: Greg Martin Application # 359
Programmer's Site: (SGX ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-02-13
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Applies the wind from a user-selected model (WsEta, MesoEta, or ENP) to the coastal waters (or any other tool-specified area) while leaving the existing wind
over other (land) areas.
This technique could be applied to any other situation where one wants to retain an existing grid over a portion of
an area while loading in new grids over another area. This should work on GFE versions prior to 20.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Collaborate_PoP_SnowAmt_QPF
Programmer's Name: Application # 586
Programmer's Site: (BUF ) Region: ER
Version: 3.0
Version Date: 2007-04-27
Type: Smart Tool
Description: With the introduction of floating PoP, SnowAmt, and QPF grids into GFE with IFPS 11, forecasters were allowed far more flexibility in forecast preparation. However, this change also created two key problems. First, considerable office-to-office variations in the durations of the PoP, SnowAmt, and QPF grids were introduced, making the intersite coordination of these elements much more difficult. Second, the new floating capability resulted in grids difffering from the NDFD Integrated Work Team recommendation of fixed-duration graphics for these elements (12 hours for the PoP graphics and 6 hours for the SnowAmt and QPF graphics).
The Collaborate_PoP_SnowAmt_QPF procedure addresses both of these forecast issues by creating fixed 12-hour PoP (PoP12hr), 6-hour SnowAmt (SnowAmt6hr), and 6-hour QPF (QPF6hr) grids based on the values contained in the floating PoP, SnowAmt, and QPF grids. These new grids may then be used for the purposes of intersite coordination as well as web graphic generation.
With Version 3.0, the procedure has been changed to create the collaboration grids using time constraints based on UTC (GMT). In previous versions, the time constraints for these grids were based on local time (LT). This change allows the tool to be used by adjacent offices that are in different time zones.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: CollaboratePrecip
Programmer's Name: John Rozbicki Application # 1273
Programmer's Site: (BUF ) Region: ER
Version: 4.0
Version Date: 2008-10-03
Type: Smart Tool
Description: By default, the PoP, SnowAmt, QPF, and IceAccum grids in GFE are “floating†grids, i.e., they are not fixed to specific 6 or 12 hour intervals. While this allows for a great deal of flexibility in forecast preparation, it also creates two key problems for forecasters. First, the duration of the PoP, SnowAmt, QPF, and IceAccum grids can vary considerably from office to office, making the intersite coordination of these elements much more difficult. Second, the NDFD Integrated Work Team has recommended that the graphics for these elements still need to be valid for fixed durations (12 hours for the PoP graphics and 6 hours for the SnowAmt, QPF, and IceAccum graphics).
The CollaboratePrecip (formerly Collaborate_PoP_SnowAmt_QPF) procedure addresses both of these forecast issues by creating fixed 12-hour PoP (PoP12hr), 6-hour SnowAmt (SnowAmt6hr), 6-hour QPF (QPF6hr), and 6-hour IceAccum (IceAccum6hr) grids based on the values contained in the “floating†PoP, SnowAmt, QPF, and IceAccum grids. These new grids may then be used for the purposes of intersite coordination as well as web graphic generation.
In Version 4.0, the procedure has been modified to create new ice accumulation collaboration (IceAccum6hr) grids. The default time range used for creating SnowAmt6hr grids with the “All†option has also been extended 12 hours; finally, the procedure has been renamed from Collaborate_PoP_SnowAmt_QPF to CollaboratePrecip for the sake of simplicity.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: CollabProd
Programmer's Name: Jay Smith Application # 933
Programmer's Site: (AFG ) Region: AR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2005-08-06
Type: Text Formatter
Description: Formatter templates that demonstrate product collaboration. Forecasters can save a work file to disk or into a database work PIL. Later, any forecaster can run a CollabProd formatter to exactly retrieve the work product for further editing. The CollabProd formatter is like any other GFE formatter, so the work done in a CollabProd product editor tab can be: saved to disk, stored in the database, or transmitted. The CollabProd formatter concept can be used with routine VTEC products, like the CWF, but extra care must be taken. This is explained in the user documentation. A CollabProd formatter should not be used (or even needed) for an event driven VTEC product, like a WSW.
The files provided here are set up for collaborating a ZFP product. They can easily be copied for use with other product types. This is briefly explained in the installation documentation.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: CompareGridLaterGrid
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 1066
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2008-08-27
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Allows one to make values in an editable grid at least as high, or at least as low, as values in a grid of the same scalar element x hours in the future or past.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Compliment
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 171
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-05-31
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Outputs the 100s compliment of the original value.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: CompressDirections
Programmer's Name: David Elson Application # 1251
Programmer's Site: (PQR ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2008-05-27
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Finds the mean direction in the edit area of a vector field, then brings all directions in that area within a user-defined range from the mean.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: ConsensusPoPER
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 1207
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2008-01-31
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Uses QPF from at least three hourly mesoscale short term models to develop a PoP. The PoP is simply 100 * p/n, where n is the number of models >= 3, and p is the number of these models showing precipiation for that hour. The latter is defined from an hourly QPF amount, usually set to 0.03 or 0.04 in.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Copy_from_Model
Programmer's Name: timothy barker Application # 21
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2003-11-05
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Numeric tool that copies a grid from a specified model - only in the active edit area - and possibly time-shifting the model data. For QPF and SnowAmt, it does a summation over any model grids that cover the time period of your grid - rather than simply copying the last grid in the time period. For PoP it gets the maximum model PoP, to be consistent with the floating PoP concept.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Copy_ISC_to_Fcst
Programmer's Name: Chris Gibson Application # 427
Programmer's Site: (SLC ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-04-18
Type: Procedure
Description: This procedure copies ISC data for areas outside your domain into your Fcst database. If editing in ISC mode you may end up with incorrect grids for areas outside your CWA that are masked by your neigbhors ISC grids. This procedure allows you to clean up your Fcst grids by accepting your neighbors grids for their part of your GFE domain. Required tool: getISCELEMENTNAME. Look for getISCMaxt for an example and set it up for each weather element you want to run Copy_ISC_to_Fcst on.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Cov_to_Prob
Programmer's Name: timothy barker Application # 15
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2003-11-05
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Numeric tool that weather coverage terms (Iso, Sct, Num, Wide) to probability terms (SChc, Chc, Lkly, Def).
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: CreateGusts
Programmer's Name: Rod Donavon Application # 1060
Programmer's Site: (DMX ) Region: CR
Version: 2.0
Version Date: 2006-09-04
Type: Smart Tool
Description: New version to comply with upcoming WindGust grid changes on August 30th. Procedure now has user selected time periods out to 7 days. Will allow any wind gust greater than wind. If no gust, wind gust will equal wind. The Create Gusts Procedure is a collection of smart tools that run to create the WindGust Grids. The procedure uses slightly modified versions of the WindGustFromAlgorithm by Mathew Belk and Thomas Mazza and the MixHgt tool by Matt Davis. The mixing height uses the hourly temperature grids and the NAM or GFS to determine the mixing height. The WindGustFromAlgorithm tool uses the mixing height and gathers the winds from within the layer and applies momentum transfer algorithms to determine the wind gusts.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: CreateGusts
Programmer's Name: Rod Donavon Application # 1035
Programmer's Site: (DMX ) Region: CR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2006-05-19
Type: Smart Tool
Description: New version to correct WindGust-Wind=10 mph for 10-506. The Create Gusts Procedure is a collection of smart tools that run once the procedure is initialized and used to create the WindGust Grids. The procedure uses slightly modified versions of the WindGustFromAlgorithm by Mathew Belk and Thomas Mazza and the MixHgt tool by Matt Davis. The mixing height uses the hourly temperature grids and the Eta12 to determine the mixing height. This also aids in decoupling in the evening and will help return windgusts to 0 as this occurs. The WindGustFromAlgorithm tool uses the mixing height and gathers the winds from within the layer and applies momentum transfer algorithms to determine the wind gusts. Finally a gust_filter tool ensures gusts conform to 10-506 and eliminates gusts where gusts is < 10 kts greater than the wind or if gusts < 15 kts since winds under 5 mph are considered variable.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Create_HeatIndex_Grids
Programmer's Name: Matt Moreland Application # 727
Programmer's Site: (HGX ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2004-01-23
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Procedure which runs the HeatIndexTool on a series of \"create from scratch\" grids going out through day 7.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Create_HeatIndex_Grids
Programmer's Name: Matt Moreland Application # 287
Programmer's Site: (HGX ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-11-19
Type: Procedure
Description: Procedure to create and compute HeatIndex grids out to 72 hours. Utilizes the HeatIndex SmartTool.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Create_HighWind
Programmer's Name: Brian Curran Application # 1138
Programmer's Site: (MAF ) Region: SR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2007-04-20
Type: Smart Tool
Description:
Create_HighWind creates an \\\"on-the-fly\\\" HighWind grid with values corresponding to wind warning and advisory criteria specified in NWSI 10-515.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Create_nfdfPoP
Programmer's Name: jim Fischer Application # 433
Programmer's Site: (REV ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-05-01
Type: Procedure
Description: Procedure and Smart Tool to create a 12 Hour PoP Grid from your floating PoP grids and your adjacent WFO's ISC PoP grids. By looking at this grid you can find discontinuities and collaborate them before you send your grids to the NDFD.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Create_RH_Grids
Programmer's Name: Matt Moreland Application # 726
Programmer's Site: (HGX ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2004-01-23
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Simple procedure that runs the RH_Tool on a series of \"create from scratch\" grids to create a new set of RH grids going out through Day 7. The script also runs the Td_SmartTool before creating the RH grids to double-check the values.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Create_RH_Grids
Programmer's Name: Matt Moreland Application # 288
Programmer's Site: (HGX ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-11-19
Type: Procedure
Description: Checks Td grids do not exceed T values and creates RH grids out to 180 hours. Utilizes Td_SmartTool and RHTool.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: CreateTDescr
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 172
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-05-31
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Creates a T descrepancy gid for mountainous areas. You have the option of inputing a simple formula based on Topo, or simply basing it on a lapse rate
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Create_Td_from_RH
Programmer's Name: Brian Brong Application # 426
Programmer's Site: (REV ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-04-14
Type: Procedure
Description: Procedure and three smart tools that allows user to create Td and RH grids from MaxRH, MinRH and T grids.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Create_Td_grids_from_AVNMOS
Programmer's Name: Matt Moreland Application # 289
Programmer's Site: (HGX ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-11-19
Type: Procedure
Description: Creates Td grids from AVNMOS (to 72 hours) and MRFMOS (beyond 72 hours).
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Create_WindChill_Grids
Programmer's Name: Matt Moreland Application # 291
Programmer's Site: (HGX ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-11-19
Type: Procedure
Description: Creates WindChill grids out to 72 hours. Utilizes the WindChillTool.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Create_WindChill_Grids
Programmer's Name: Matt Moreland Application # 728
Programmer's Site: (HGX ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2004-01-23
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Creates WindChill grids from a blank set of \"create from scratch\" grids going out through day 7.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Create_Wind_Grids_from_AVNMOS
Programmer's Name: Matt Moreland Application # 290
Programmer's Site: (HGX ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-11-19
Type: Procedure
Description: Creates Wind grids from AVNMOS (out to 72 hours) and MRFMOS (beyond 72 hours).
Languages:
Status: Planned
Documentation:
Program Name: CuRule
Programmer's Name: Logan Johnson Application # 1078
Programmer's Site: (IND ) Region: CR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2006-09-07
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool will run the Cu Rule calculation on a selected grid and will create an answer either as a temporary grid with raw values, or a sky cover grid that assigns sky covers to raw values.
Version 1.1 corrects a minor error in the code.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: CuRule
Programmer's Name: Logan Johnson Application # 1100
Programmer's Site: (IND ) Region: CR
Version: 1.2
Version Date: 2007-01-12
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool will run the Cu Rule calculation on a selected grid and will create an answer either as a temporary grid with raw values, or a sky cover grid that assigns sky covers to raw values. Version 1.2 changes references of Eta to NAM as per OB 7.1 naming convention.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: CWR_Equations
Programmer's Name: Thomas Andretta Application # 790
Programmer's Site: (PIH ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2004-08-03
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This smart tool estimates the chance of wetting rain (CWR) grid using 3 different methods (with source) based on these simple approximations:
(1) PoP Squared Function (William Wojcik):
CWR ~ (PoP / 10)**2
(2) Quadratic Regression Function (Thomas Andretta):
CWR ~ (0.00741 * PoP**2) + (0.0561 * PoP) + 1.0567
(3) Linear Regression Function (Thomas Andretta):
CWR ~ (0.809 * PoP) - 10.909
Input grid(s): PoP, QPF
Output grid(s): CWR
The CWR equations are activated as a function of the user control constants (popt and qpft) associated with the PoP and QPF grids.
If both conditions are satisfied (e.g., PoP >= popt and QPF >= qpft), the selected method is executed on the grids.
This is a numeric Python tool.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: CWR_from_PoP
Programmer's Name: Clay Anderson Application # 215
Programmer's Site: (EWX ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-11-08
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Creates CWR grids from PoP and QPF grids with user input for wetting rain.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: CWR_from_PoP
Programmer's Name: Thomas Earle Application # 401
Programmer's Site: (PDT ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-03-28
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Derives CWR by subtracting a user specified value from PoP.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Daily Coop Maps
Programmer's Name: Michael Buss Application # 1284
Programmer's Site: (FSD ) Region: CR
Version: 2.0
Version Date: 2009-01-13
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This project is a series of SmartTools that will produce daily 24-hour maximum
temperature, minimum temperature, precipitation, snowfall, and snowdepth grids,
based on data from MTR, AWOS, COOP, and other observation reporting sources.
These grids are converted to PNG images and sent to the web sever for display.
Note:
Daily Coop Maps version 2.0 replaces Daily Coop maps Version 1.0. Users
using the Daily Coop Maps version 1.0 only need to upgrade the smartTools
with those in version 2.0.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Davis_Stability_Index
Programmer's Name: Eric Evenson Application # 571
Programmer's Site: (BTV ) Region: ER
Version: 1.2
Version Date: 2003-12-29
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Tool modified to account for IFPS 15 site function.
The Davis Stability Index is a common fire weather parameter utilized in the Carolinas. The user community in that region relies on this parameter more than other traditional fire weather stability parameters (i.e., Haines Index). The formula for the Davis Stability Index is as follows:
Davis Stability Index (DSI) = Max Temp ( C) - 850mb Temp ( C)
If the difference is less than 10 C, it is considered a Category 1 or stable
If the difference is 10 C to 14 C, it is considered a Category 2 or conditionally unstable
If the difference is 15 C to 17 C, it is considered a Category 3 or unstable
If the difference is greater than 17 C, it is considered a Category 4 or absolutely unstable
This Smart Tool uses a GUI to allow the forecaster to select a model of choice for the 850 mb temperatures. Once this is chosen, the 850 mb data is then converted from Kelvin to degrees Celsius. The MaxT grid is then retrieved and converted from Fahrenheit to Celsius. The DSI formula is then calculated to determine the temperature difference. If the difference falls into any of the categories defined above, it is assigned a category value (i.e., 1, 2, 3, or 4).
In terms of limitations, the tool can only be run at times when the 850 mb model data is available (3 hour increments for the MesoEta and 6 hour increments for the ETA/GFS). Since the Maximum Temperature is most likely to occur during the afternoon hours, the 18z or 21z 850 mb temperatures may be the most representative fields to use when calculating DSI.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Davis_Stability_Index
Programmer's Name: Eric Evenson Application # 1129
Programmer's Site: (BTV ) Region: ER
Version: 1.3
Version Date: 2007-03-15
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Tool modified for changes in IFPS 17.
The Davis Stability Index is a common fire weather parameter utilized in the Carolinas. The user community in that region relies on this parameter more than other traditional fire weather stability parameters (i.e., Haines Index). The formula for the Davis Stability Index is as follows:
Davis Stability Index (DSI) = Max Temp ( C) - 850mb Temp ( C)
If the difference is less than 10 C, it is considered a Category 1 or stable
If the difference is 10 C to 14 C, it is considered a Category 2 or conditionally unstable
If the difference is 15 C to 17 C, it is considered a Category 3 or unstable
If the difference is greater than 17 C, it is considered a Category 4 or absolutely unstable
This Smart Tool uses a GUI to allow the forecaster to select a model of choice for the 850 mb temperatures. Once this is chosen, the 850 mb data is then converted from Kelvin to degrees Celsius. The MaxT grid is then retrieved and converted from Fahrenheit to Celsius. The DSI formula is then calculated to determine the temperature difference. If the difference falls into any of the categories defined above, it is assigned a category value (i.e., 1, 2, 3, or 4).
In terms of limitations, the tool can only be run at times when the 850 mb model data is available (3 hour increments for the NAM12/NAM40, 6 hour increments for the GFS40/DGEX and 12 hour increments for the GFSLR). Since the Maximum Temperature is most likely to occur during the afternoon hours, the 18z or 21z 850 mb temperatures may be the most representative fields to use when calculating DSI.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Day7FinalNDFDCheck
Programmer's Name: Ken Sargeant Application # 863
Programmer's Site: (MFR ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2005-01-13
Type: Consistency Script
Description: This procedure checks the needed day 7 grids to see if they are published. If they are, nothing occurs. If there are problems, a message is sent out over AWIPS via fxaAnnounce to inform the forecasters that there are some required NDFD grids missing from the official database. A text product is also generated that lists what grids are not in the official database. If there are no problems, no message via fxaAnnounce is sent. However, the text product is still generated confirming that all necessary grids were found.
Acknowledgment: Special thanks to Mike Dutter (wfo mqt) and Chris Gibson's (wfo slc) who are the original authors of these scripts and procedures. All I did was combine what I though were the best parts into this package plus add a couple of tweaks of my own.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: DDC_QPFfmPoP
Programmer's Name: Mike Umscheid Application # 883
Programmer's Site: (DDC ) Region: CR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2005-03-01
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This smart tool will create a QPF grid that matches your PoP_MaxGrid gradient. The user sets the QPF range, and the smart tool will generate a linear interpolation of the QPF range to the PoP range of the PoP_MaxGrid. This is an enhancement over some other QPF from PoP tools that calculate assuming there is 100 PoP... in other words... this tool is very flexible for conditional QPF. Since this smart tool uses the PoP_MaxGrid array, it *should* work for any QPF grid time range (3 hr, 6hr, or 12hr).
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Delete_Interpolate
Programmer's Name: John Eise Application # 994
Programmer's Site: (MKX ) Region: CR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2005-12-30
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Simple smart tool to remove all interpolated grids (modified or not) from a user defined time range for a selected element. May be called from a procedure or run manually by a user.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: DeleteInterpolatedGrids
Programmer's Name: Bill Goodman Application # 990
Programmer's Site: (OKX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2005-12-17
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Grid interpolation cannot be undone via the \"Undo Grid Edit\" button/menu option, which in the past could lead to frustration when a forecaster accidentally interpolated sooner than intended and had to manually delete the interpolated grids. This tool addresses those instances.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Delete_Interpolate_Modify
Programmer's Name: John Eise Application # 1015
Programmer's Site: (MKX ) Region: CR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2006-02-12
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Simple smart tool to remove non-modified interpolated values from a user defined time range for a selected element. May be called from a procedure or run manually by a user. Based on the smart tool Delete_Interpolate.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Derive PoP12 from PoP
Programmer's Name: James Noel Application # 784
Programmer's Site: Ohio RFC (Wilmington, OH) (TIR ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2004-07-23
Type: Consistency Script
Description: This consistency script use the SmartTool PoP12_from_PoP in WFO FFC SmartTools. It will generate 12 hour pops from 6 hour pops mathematically correct to 7 days. You must change your local config.py file and add a grid call PoP12hr. ER currently does this and some SR offices have added this already like WFO FFC and MRX.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Dewpoint_Adjust_Input
Programmer's Name: Chris Broyles Application # 353
Programmer's Site: (AMA ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-01-19
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This smart tool adjusts dewpoint based on an inputted slope and starting value. The tool keeps the dewpoint gradients but may decrease or increase the dewpoint gradients. Hundreds of thousands of variations of dewpoint output can be created.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: DewptDepFmTdT
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 78
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-01-25
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Calculates the dewpoint depression by subtracting the dewpoint from the temperature.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: DewptFmDewptDepT
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 79
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-01-25
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Calculates the dewpoint by subtracting the dewpoint depression from the temperature.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: DGEX_SmartInit
Programmer's Name: Timothy Barker Application # 810
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 2.3
Version Date: 2004-09-13
Type: Smart Initialization
Description: SmartInit for creating GFE grids with the DGEX model available in AWIPS OB3.3.
Version 2.3 fixes a typo in the version 2.2 code.
Version 2.2 fixes a bug in Transport winds and WindGust. Uses a slightly modified Td init which works better in terrain. Allows sites to turn off the wetbulb calculations if desired. And uses better code to make sure the DGEX boundary layer grids are completely in before running the SmartInit.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: DirectionDelta
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 173
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 4.0
Version Date: 2007-01-29
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Version 4.0 includes instructions, along with a procedure, four tools and localConfig.py code to set things up in order for the tool to work. Lets one adjust up or down in any direction. One chooses amount of change, and whether the other side should not change or change by the same amount in the opposite direction. There's also an option to apply the change only near the outside edge in the direction chosen.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Dispersion Tool
Programmer's Name: Chris Collins Application # 448
Programmer's Site: (MHX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-06-02
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Creates Dispersion Grids based on wind speed.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: DiurnalFromModel
Programmer's Name: Aaron Sutula Application # 1193
Programmer's Site: Western Regional Headquarters (VHW ) Region: WR
Version: 0.8.3
Version Date: 2008-02-04
Type: Smart Tool
Description: DiurnalFromModel uses smart-inited model data to construct a diurnal curve for each grid point. Those curves are then applied to your forecast max/min T or RH grids to create hourly forecast T or RH grids. Because of a model's ability to resolve non-persistent or non-climatological features, this is especially useful when forecasting a dynamic weather pattern like a frontal passage.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: DiurnalFromMOS
Programmer's Name: Ken Pomeroy Application # 972
Programmer's Site: Western Regional Headquarters (VHW ) Region: WR
Version: 2.4
Version Date: 2005-11-18
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Computes hourly T grids based on existing MaxT/MinT grids and temperature trends from MOS. V2.4 corrects some issues handling missing data in MOS bulletins.
Languages:
Status: Planned
Documentation:
Program Name: Diurnal_from_Obs
Programmer's Name: timothy.barker Application # 470
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-11-05
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Similar to DiurnalTfromMinMax but calculates the diurnal trend from the last few days of LAPS, MSAS, etc. grids. Works for both T and RH. Has different diurnal curves at every gridpoint so that mountain/valley or land/water differences are better handled
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: DiurnalT
Programmer's Name: George Phillips Application # 738
Programmer's Site: (TOP ) Region: CR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2004-03-09
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Not a smart tool It is a Visual Basic application which calculates the \"f-table\" needed for Steve Nelson's DiurnalTfromMinMaxT smart tool.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: DiurnalTfromMinMaxT
Programmer's Name: Steven Nelson Application # 370
Programmer's Site: (FFC ) Region: SR
Version: 1.4
Version Date: 2003-11-05
Type: Smart Tool
Description: *Updated* (1.4) Fixed bugs. Handles different maxT/minT time constraints better. Better curves.
Procedure and Smart Tool to compute hourly T from MinT and MaxT. Does not use cubic or linear interpolation. Computes diurnal curve based on climatological Oklahoma Mesonet data (may need to adjust for local climatology) or previous 24 hours worth of MSAS data. The procedure will overwrite the T grids with the new grids but creates a \\\\\\\"backup\\\\\\\" set of T grids first.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: DiurnalT_Update
Programmer's Name: Ryan Knutsvig Application # 859
Programmer's Site: (LKN ) Region: WR
Version: 1.3c
Version Date: 2005-01-17
Type: Smart Tool
Description: The DiurnalT_Update tool is used to update near-term T grids after an 'Obs' grid has been copied into the latest hour. Instead of linearly interpolating, the tool attempts to maintain the characteristics of the current diurnal curve by interpolating the difference between the 'Obs' grid and the 'Official' or 'Fcst' grid at hour 0 out to the end of the selected time range, where a difference of zero over the entire grid is assumed. The difference grids are then added to the original T grids.
***
Version 1.3 adds the ability to choose the database for the diurnal curve, Official or Fcst. A 'steady or rising/falling' option is also available. Lastly, the MaxT/MinT to compare is taken from the Fcst database and the MinT/MaxT grid duration is configurable by the WFO in the beginning of the code. Fixed bug in 1.3b code regarding MinT/MaxT check.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: DiurnalWindProcedure
Programmer's Name: Jim Lott Application # 939
Programmer's Site: (ILN ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2005-08-17
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This procedure will fit the wind grids to a diurnal curve.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Dry_Microburst
Programmer's Name: Eric Evenson Application # 1126
Programmer's Site: (BTV ) Region: ER
Version: 1.4
Version Date: 2007-03-15
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Tool modified for changes with IFPS 17. Also added the selection of the NAM12, GFS40 and RUC80 Model.
The Dry_Microburst Tool examines if the NAM12, RUC80 and GFS40 models are forecasting a meteorological environment conducive to producing dry microbursts. Mid level relative humidity, lapse rate, and surface relative humidity from the selected model are evaluated (along with an option of precipitable water) in the form of a formula to make such a determination. If the necessary criteria is met, based on research from Evenson and Mecikalski (1996), the tool will assign dry thunderstorms and any user defined thunderstorm coverage and wind attributes to the Wx grid. This tool is intended to be used for areas from the Front Range of the Rockies westward across the Intermountain Region.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Easy_Populate
Programmer's Name: Ted Ryan Application # 1237
Programmer's Site: (FWD ) Region: SR
Version: 1.02
Version Date: 2008-03-20
Type: Smart Tool
Description: The purpose of the Easy_Populate smart tool is to allow a forecaster to populate grids by side-stepping the normal routine of going to the �Populate� menu and choosing the �Copy selected grids from�� option. The idea is borrowed from Tim Barker�s Copy_from_Model tool, but this tool is cleaner and friendlier to use for populating all grids over time and space.
Version 1.02 sets the mode for proper population of qpf/pop/snowamt grids.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: ECMWFwindVect
Programmer's Name: Mike Umscheid Application # 872
Programmer's Site: (DDC ) Region: CR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2005-02-04
Type: Smart Tool
Description:
This smart tool allows forecasters to populate 00z and/or 12z grids with ECMWF derived surface winds based off of MSLP field.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: EditAreaAdjust
Programmer's Name: Les Colin Application # 864
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2005-01-23
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Modifies an edit area on the screen. You can expand, contract, or shift it. You can erode the edit area by moving it through the mountains and restore it again when it comes back out.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: EHeliI
Programmer's Name: Thomas Andretta Application # 156
Programmer's Site: (PIH ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-05-02
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This smart tool calculates the Energy Helicity Index using the cape and helicity fields from either the MESO ETA or ETA model. The index is expressed as a PoP value
(e.g., PoP = k * EHI).
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: ElevHeatSource
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 45
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-01-25
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Yields more clouds over mountains on convective days because of the elevated heat source affect. Can also apply to PoP and QPF.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: ElevNumDryAd_LpsRt
Programmer's Name: David Metze Application # 3
Programmer's Site: (PUB ) Region: CR
Version: 2.0
Version Date: 2001-12-20
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool allows the user to predict the MaxT based on the degree of mixing(e.g. dry adiabatic up to 500mb). For complex terrain, this is a difficult task during the cool season as the mixed layer may only extend up to 700mb, or into the mountain surface. There is a slider bar input for the user to determine the terrain edit area in which the tool will run(e.g. 8500ft and below) while maintaining the MaxT readings for the remaining terrain.
Have no problems reported with this tool.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: ENP_Fill
Programmer's Name: Greg Martin Application # 364
Programmer's Site: (SGX ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-02-13
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Keeps the existing ENP grid while creating a duplicate \"underlying\" grid to shift to fill in the gap
between the existing ENP grid and the coast. This should work with versions of GFE earlier than 20.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: EnsembleMOS_Adjust
Programmer's Name: William Rasch Application # 889
Programmer's Site: (BYZ ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2005-03-19
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Manipulates Max/MinT via a work grid created from another smart tool (EnsembleMOS_CompareToFcst). You will need both these tools.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: EnsembleMOS_CompareToFcst
Programmer's Name: William Rasch Application # 888
Programmer's Site: (BYZ ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2005-03-19
Type: Smart Tool
Description: In a work grid, displays variance of forecact Max/MinT grids to that of ensemble high and low grids. Ensemble high and low grids created via Tim Barkers latest MatchGuidanceAll tool.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: ensemble_smooth
Programmer's Name: Les Colin Application # 804
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2004-08-29
Type: Smart Tool
Description:
(This tool was inadvertently deleted, now re-posted.)
Differentially smooths a scalar grid in proportion to emsemble variance. The spatial variance of ensemble members is computed from all grids available at the specified time. The more variance there is at a given point on your grid the more smoothing will be done there. After running this tool areas on a grid where there is lots of ensemble variance will look blurry and unfocused. Areas where ensemble members agree will be more detailed. As the forecast period approaches, grids will tend to become more and more sharply detailed. The smoother itself has been modified for differences in elevation.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: EnufCloudForPoP
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 46
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-01-25
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Allows one to ensure there is enough cloud to support the corrsponding PoP. The user decides by how much the cloud should be greater.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: erhLAPS
Programmer's Name: David Novak Application # 1006
Programmer's Site: (VUY ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2006-01-24
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Provides documentation and instructions for ingesting the erhLAPS analysis into D2D and GFE. erhLAPS is a 5 km hourly analysis created over the eastern United States using all available surface (including mesonet) and upper-air observations.
Additionally, a tool (erhLAPSCompare) has been developed (based on Mike Dutter's LAPSCompare Tool) to create comparisons between GFE forecasts and this analysis for real-time monitoring purposes.
Languages:
Status: Testing
Documentation:
Program Name: ERHPNS2snowamt
Programmer's Name: Jeffrey Sites Application # 1008
Programmer's Site: (ILN ) Region: ER
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2006-03-08
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool allows one to quickly create a grid of past snowfall, which can then be used in conjunction with the forecast snow to create a more accurate StormTotalSnow Grid. Additionally, maps of storm total snowfall can be created for post storm analysis.
This tool is similar to the “lsr_display” Smart Tool written by Les Colin and Chris Gibson and the “snow_obs” Smart Tool by Les Colin, but has been modified to use Public Information Statements (PNSs).
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: ER_NDFD_GridCheck
Programmer's Name: Application # 578
Programmer's Site: (GYX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-08-26
Type: Consistency Script
Description: This procedure checks for the existence of grids in the Fcst database for each time required in the NDFD database. This tool is based on NDFD_GridCheck by Chris Gibson and is tailored for Eastern Region requirements.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: ERQCcheck
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 706
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 2.4
Version Date: 2008-06-10
Type: Consistency Script
Description: Version 2.4 updates the procedure to include the SnowAmtQPFPoPWxCheck procedure written by Jay Smith for the 2007 consistency requirements for QPF, SnowAmt, PoP and Wx. Previous tools for these checks were removed from ERQCcheck. Version 2.3 corrects the wind gust check to comply with the new policy that wind gusts should never be lower than wind speeds. Version 2.2 corrects times so it no longer looks for grids beyond those actually required. Also only looks for hourly grids every six hours beyond day 3 for the appropriate elements.
Version 2.1 updates documentation internal to the code as well as the MS Word document available here. Miscellaneous errors associated with the release of 2.0 are fixed, and some tools are now hidden.
Version 2.0 incorporates Tom LeFebvre's CheckTandTd procedure, renamed CheckTemperatures, which takes care of all of the temperatures checks and eliminates some nuances associated with these checks in prior versions. It also fixes the PoP and Wx check to eliminate quality errors improperly generated in association with non-precipitating weather. A few other minor bugs were also fixed. ER_QCCheck is a procedure that combines Steve Nelson's QC_Check tool and other consistency procedures and tools to alert forecasters to inconsistencies between grids (i.e. Td <= T; match between Wx probability terms and PoP, etc..).
The tool cross checks elements and allows the forecaster to either just see where the inconsistencies are through highlight grids, or change an element so that it is consistent.
Consistenty Checks involve the following elements: T, MaxT, MinT, Td, Wx, PoP, Sky, SnowAmt, QPF, WindGust, RH, and apparent temperature. This procedure also includes an option to check for existence of all grids required for NDFD, a module written by Chris Gibson and edited by Jim Hayes and Thomas Mazza.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Extended_HPC
Programmer's Name: Carl Morgan Application # 914
Programmer's Site: (ILM ) Region: ER
Version: 2.0
Version Date: 2005-06-10
Type: Smart Tool
Description: The change from version 1.4 is the way the tool accesses data from the AWIPS text database. Version 2.0 will request the HPC guidance independently, rather than through a separate triggered script. This change was made to facilitate use of the procedure by offices performing service backup.
This procedure was designed to allow the forecaster to efficiently populate MaxT, MinT, Td, PoP, Sky and Wind grids for days 4-8, using the point-based guidance provided by HPC. It also provides an interface to launch separate procedures for creating hourly T and Wx grids, since HPC does not provide guidance on these elements. The main smart tool, MatchHPC, is based on MatchGuidance version 2.2. Installation of MatchGuidance is NOT a prerequisite for this to work. However if sites are already using MatchGuidance or MatchObsAll, they must update to versions 2.2 and 0.98 respectively. Otherwise installing Extended_HPC will cause these tools to fail.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Extended_MOSGuide
Programmer's Name: Matthew Belk Application # 1169
Programmer's Site: (BOX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2007-09-06
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This procedure provides an extremely quick method of populating the Day 3-7 forecast using the MOSGuide. It is possible to also blend the latest MOSGuide with the Official forecast. Execution time to populate, blend and interpolate, all possible fields is typically less than 30 seconds.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Extended_MOSGuide
Programmer's Name: Matthew Belk Application # 1157
Programmer's Site: (BOX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2007-08-03
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This procedure provides an extremely quick method of populating the Day 3-7 forecast using the MOSGuide. It is possible to also blend the latest MOSGuide with the Official forecast. Execution time to populate, blend and interpolate, all possible fields is typically less than 30 seconds.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Extended_MOSGuide
Programmer's Name: Matthew Belk Application # 1182
Programmer's Site: (BOX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.2
Version Date: 2007-10-25
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This procedure provides an extremely quick method of populating the Day 3-7 forecast using the MOSGuide. It is possible to also blend the latest MOSGuide with the Official forecast. Execution time to populate, blend and interpolate, all possible fields is typically less than 30 seconds.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Extended_MOSGuide
Programmer's Name: Matthew Belk Application # 1202
Programmer's Site: (BOX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.4
Version Date: 2008-01-07
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This procedure provides an extremely quick method of populating the Day 3-7 forecast using the MOSGuide. It is possible to also blend the latest MOSGuide with the Official forecast. Execution time to populate, blend and interpolate, all possible fields is typically less than 30 seconds.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Extended_MOSGuide
Programmer's Name: Matthew Belk Application # 1200
Programmer's Site: (BOX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.3
Version Date: 2008-01-03
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This procedure provides an extremely quick method of populating the Day 3-7 forecast using the MOSGuide. It is possible to also blend the latest MOSGuide with the Official forecast. Execution time to populate, blend and interpolate, all possible fields is typically less than 30 seconds.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Extrapolate
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 1080
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.3
Version Date: 2008-06-10
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Version 1.3 switches the strategy to deal with missing data. It looks for model data over a range sufficent enough to always catch a grid, as long as the forecaster is within range of the normal availability of data for that model, and the data that 'should' be there is in fact there.
Version 1.2 fixes a problem for hours between model times. It checks GFE default setting for missing data mode; if it's not create, it skips those grids. Version 1.1 fixes two issues related to this procedure and tool working properly in other offices.
Allows one to extrapolate data in any scalar grid in GFE forward or backward in time, based on a constant speed (kts) and downstream direction, or from wind information from the forecast database, or a variety of model databses, where a number of levels, as well as layers, are available to pick from. It is intended mostly for floating PoP and Sky.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Fast_Tool
Programmer's Name: Thomas Andretta Application # 112
Programmer's Site: (PIH ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-05-02
Type: Procedure
Description: This smart procedure runs the smart tools:
PoP_Fast and Sky_Fast (in that order). The forecaster should run the smart tool, Wx_Fast, then this procedure to properly initialize the weather, probability of precipitation, and sky cover elements.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: FFCSkyTool
Programmer's Name: Steven Nelson Application # 1079
Programmer's Site: (FFC ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2006-09-10
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Compute Sky based on blend of average and maximum model RH layers. Uses empirical relationships between RH and Sky. Excel spreadsheet included to locally modify equations.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Final_Analysis
Programmer's Name: Ronald Miller Application # 1073
Programmer's Site: (OTX ) Region: WR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2006-08-04
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Updated from version 1.0 to include a perl script and GFE Procedure. This allows the Tool to be run by any user outside of GFE, rather than having to log into GFE with the mutable Obs database. Reads RTP text messages from the AWIPS textdb and serps them into an existing observed MaxT or MinT grid. Uses the MatchObs smartTool code from Tim Barker to produce a final analysis of observed MaxT and MinT grids. Holds the values at other mesonet locations constant so that final changes are minimal and largely confined to the RTP locations.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Final_Analysis
Programmer's Name: Ronald Miller Application # 1019
Programmer's Site: (OTX ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2006-02-22
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Reads RTP text messages from the AWIPS textdb and serps them into an existing observed MaxT or MinT grid. Uses the MatchObs smartTool code from Tim Barker to produce a final analysis of observed MaxT and MinT grids. Holds the values at other mesonet locations constant so that final changes are minimal and largely confined to the RTP locations.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Finalize_Grids
Programmer's Name: Chris Gibson Application # 890
Programmer's Site: (SLC ) Region: WR
Version: 3.0
Version Date: 2005-03-24
Type: Consistency Script
Description: This version provides better stability for IFPS16. The procedure was redesigned to save each element after it is edited and calls each tool directly rather than calling other procedures first which then run the tools.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Finalize_Grids
Programmer's Name: Chris Gibson Application # 606
Programmer's Site: (SLC ) Region: WR
Version: 2.0
Version Date: 2003-10-06
Type: Consistency Script
Description: This version of Finalize is easier to use and configure. Includes an install script. Displays a GUI when run. The GUI has the normal tools to run for each shift toggled on, but other tools are available if needed through the GUI. Each tool can be run individually as the time range is determined by each tool/procedure as it is runs. Unzip and untar the file in a temporary directory then check the readme file for instructions.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Finalize_Public_Grids
Programmer's Name: Brian Curran Application # 1055
Programmer's Site: (MAF ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2006-06-26
Type: Consistency Script
Description: Finalize_Public_Grids is a bundle of GFE smart tools and procedures that:
Creates secondary forecast elements,
Enforces element consistency and integrity, and
Checks for completeness of NDFD elements.
Methodology is based on Chris Gibson’s Finalize_Grids methodology.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: FingerLakeWinds
Programmer's Name: Ron Murphy Application # 659
Programmer's Site: (BGM ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-11-06
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Procedure and SmartTool for manual, fine adjustment of winds across the Finger Lake region of New York. For more information, please see user documentation.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Flash Flood
Programmer's Name: Greg Martin Application # 1041
Programmer's Site: (SGX ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2006-05-12
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool will compute an experimental Flash Flood Potential Index based on congigurable model input thresholds. This tool is intended primarly for use with monsoonal convection in complex terrain.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Flash Flood Potential
Programmer's Name: Chris Gibson Application # 183
Programmer's Site: (SLC ) Region: WR
Version: 2.0
Version Date: 2002-06-09
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Numeric. Accesses ETA Precipitable Water values and 500 mb wind speed to derive \"Flash Flood Potential\". Potential of desert flash flooding highest with high PW during monsoon season and low storm speed.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Fog_Drizzle
Programmer's Name: Chris Broyles Application # 257
Programmer's Site: (AMA ) Region: SR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2002-09-21
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool allows the forecaster to assign fog coverage with fog or dense fog based on a temperature and dewpoint spread threshold set by the forecaster. In addition, the forecaster can assign drizzle intensity with drizzle or freezing drizzle based on a temperature and dewpoint spread threshold set by the forecaster.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Fogger
Programmer's Name: Carl Morgan Application # 1164
Programmer's Site: (ILM ) Region: ER
Version: 1.2
Version Date: 2007-08-15
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool will append fog to the weather grids based on dew point depression and wind speed thresholds set by the user. It also allows for the user to remove any existing fog. Version 1.2 adds the ability to cap the coverage of fog at either \"patchy\" or \"areas of\" instead of \"widespread\".
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Fogger
Programmer's Name: Carl Morgan Application # 787
Programmer's Site: (ILM ) Region: ER
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2007-08-15
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool will append fog to the weather grids based on dewpoint depression and wind speed thresholds set by the user. It also allows for the user to remove any existing fog.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Fogger
Programmer's Name: Carl Morgan Application # 347
Programmer's Site: (ILM ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-12-02
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool will create weather grids containing fog based on dewpoint depression and wind speed thresholds set by the user.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: FogHat
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 82
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-01-28
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Generate F, F+. PF, or PF+ based on user input dewpoint depression threshholds for fog and dense fog, and user choice for widespread or patchy. Uses T and Td.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: FogHorn
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 83
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-01-28
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Generate F, F+. PF, or PF+ based on user input dewpoint depression threshholds for fog and dense fog, and user choice for widespread or patchy. Uses the DewptDep field directly.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: froude
Programmer's Name: Ryan Knutsvig Application # 1285
Programmer's Site: (LKN ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2009-01-24
Type: Smart Tool
Description: The \\\"froude\\\" smart tool calculates the Froude number, which can be helpful in forecasting strong downslope wind events. Since the user has to enter input into the GUI based on the mountain range, the data will only apply for that mountain range. A temporary grid with the Froude number is created below WG1 (with precision=2). This tool is currently being tested.
Languages:
Status: Testing
Documentation:
Program Name: Fuel_Mstr
Programmer's Name: Greg Martin Application # 1037
Programmer's Site: (SGX ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2006-05-03
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool populates a Fuel Moisture grid for input into the FWM formatter. The tool keys mostly on 24-hour changes (today to tomorrow) for temperature, relative humidity, and wind speed. Also included is an input of PoP and QPF for tomorrow to account for wetting of fuels. For the 24-hour change elements (T, RH, Wind), there’s an option to use either the Fcst or Obs database (forecast at 1 PM LST tomorrow versus forecast for 1 PM LST today or forecast at 1 PM LST tomorrow versus the values in the obs database for 1 PM LST today).
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Fuel_Mstr_10hr
Programmer's Name: Chris Gibson Application # 981
Programmer's Site: (SLC ) Region: WR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2005-12-06
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Creates Fuel Moisture for a FuelMstr grid based on T/RH. This replaces the tool in the FWM_SLC bundle. Download FWM_SLC for more info. This version adds 1 percent to final fm to convert to a 10 hour fuel moisture. Based on Fire Behavior Field Reference Guide PMS 436-4
Status: Operational
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Fuel_Mstr_10hr_MaxTMinRH
Programmer's Name: Chris Gibson Application # 980
Programmer's Site: (SLC ) Region: WR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2005-12-06
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Creates Fuel Moisture for a FuelMstr grid based on MaxT/MinRH. This replaces the tool in the FWM_SLC bundle. Download FWM_SLC for more info. This version adds 1 percent to final fm to convert to a 10 hour fuel moisture. Based on Fire Behavior Field Reference Guide PMS 436-4
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: FWM_SLC
Programmer's Name: Chris Gibson Application # 917
Programmer's Site: (SLC ) Region: WR
Version: 2.0
Version Date: 2005-06-16
Type: Text Formatter
Description: Updated for IFPS 16.2. Includes instructions for installing a 10 hour Fuel Moisture grid and a tool for creating FM based on NFDRS algorithms. Includes FWM_Overides and a procedure for creating the FM grid before running the FWM formatter. Operational on IFPS16/17 at SLC.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Garcia_Method
Programmer's Name: Thomas Andretta Application # 382
Programmer's Site: (PIH ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-03-01
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This smart tool estimates 12 hour snowfall from mixing ratio on isentropic surfaces for valleys and mountains using the Garcia (1994, 2000) Method. The NWS CR-TM-116 contains the details of this forecast technique. This smart tool calculates the SnowAmt Grid using various fields from the MESO ETA, ETA, AVN, or MRF model. The program uses the Clausius Clayperon equation to compute the saturation vapor pressure and saturation mixing ratio. The mixing ratio is calculated from the relative humidity and saturation mixing ratio. Snow Amount is derived from a constant times the mixing ratio for the isentropic surfaces corresponding to the valley and mountain elevations.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: GenerateCyclone
Programmer's Name: Bill Goodman Application # 1123
Programmer's Site: (OKX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.2
Version Date: 2007-03-07
Type: Smart Tool
Description: The GenerateCyclone tool will make wind grids with a forecaster-defined cyclone based on a text file. The tool is intended to be used for tropical depression events when the TCM contains little guidance on the structure of the wind field.
This version updates the ftp_atcf.csh script to retrieve TPC tropical depression wind radii from a new FTP site which becomes operational on June 1, 2007.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: GenerateCyclone
Programmer's Name: Tom LeFebvre Application # 1154
Programmer's Site: (FSL ) Region: FSL
Version: 2.0
Version Date: 2007-06-06
Type: Smart Tool
Description: The GenerateCyclone tool will make a wind grid with a forecaster-define cyclone based on a text file. The tool is intended to be used for tropical depression events when the TCM contains little guidance on the structure of the wind field.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: GenerateCyclone
Programmer's Name: Tom LeFebvre Application # 1155
Programmer's Site: (FSL ) Region: FSL
Version: 2.1
Version Date: 2007-06-07
Type: Smart Tool
Description: The GenerateCyclone tool will make a wind grid with a forecaster-define cyclone based on a text file. The tool is intended to be used for tropical depression events when the TCM contains little guidance on the structure of the wind field.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: GenerateCyclone
Programmer's Name: Tom LeFebvre Application # 902
Programmer's Site: (FSL ) Region: FSL
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2005-05-16
Type: Smart Tool
Description: The GenerateCyclone tool will make a wind grid with a forecaster-define cyclone based on a text file. The tool is intended to be used for tropical depression events when the TCM contains little guidance on the structure of the wind field.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: GenerateCyclone
Programmer's Name: Tom LeFebvre Application # 904
Programmer's Site: (FSL ) Region: FSL
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2005-05-16
Type: Smart Tool
Description: The GenerateCyclone tool will make a wind grid with a forecaster-define cyclone based on a text file. The tool is intended to be used for tropical depression events when the TCM contains little guidance on the structure of the wind field.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: getISCMaxT
Programmer's Name: Chris Gibson Application # 428
Programmer's Site: (SLC ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-04-18
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Use with the Copy_ISC_to_Fcst procedure. Facilitates copying MaxT from the ISC database for areas outside your CWA into your Fcst database. See procedure Copy_ISC_to_Fcst for more details.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: GetPeakWind
Programmer's Name: Application # 618
Programmer's Site: (ICT ) Region: CR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-10-15
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Companion Script to MakeWindGust tool. Used to populate the WindGust grid from the WorkGust and Wind Grids.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Giant All-Purpose Weather Tool
Programmer's Name: Brian Smith Application # 988
Programmer's Site: (LZK ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2005-12-08
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool is a complex weather tool that allows you to assign multiple weather types. It's very similar to the functionality of BUF_WxTool and HGX_WxTool.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: GlobalSST_Init
Programmer's Name: David Novak Application # 684
Programmer's Site: (VUY ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-11-06
Type: Smart Initialization
Description: The GlobalSST Smart Inititialization module allows an office to
operationally ingest the daily Reynolds Global Sea Surface Temperature
data into GFE. The module simply converts the SST units from Kelvin to Fahrenheit. A one hour grid
is populated within the Temperature grid at 00Z. Full details concerning
the Smart Init module and ingesting this data within AWIPS are found in the
user documentation.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Gradients
Programmer's Name: David Elson Application # 937
Programmer's Site: (PQR ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2005-08-10
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Used to sharpen or relax gradients in a scalar field. This is done by skewing the distribution of values in a field either towards a selected value (sharpening), or away from a selected
value (relaxing.) Changes are made by replacing a linear distribution of values with a sine based distribution.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Graphical HWO
Programmer's Name: Thomas Earle Application # 779
Programmer's Site: (PDT ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2004-07-19
Type: Text Formatter
Description: This text formatter produces a Hazardous Weather Outlook text product based on two editable grids: HWO and HWOspotter. These grids can also be used on the internet as a graphical representation of the potential hazards expected over the next seven days.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Great Lakes Wave Model
Programmer's Name: Greg Mann Application # 1010
Programmer's Site: (DTX ) Region: CR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2006-02-02
Type: Smart Tool
Description: The NOAA/GLERL wind wave model has been modified to accommodate input from the Graphical Forecast Editor (GFE). This allows the production of wind waves for the Great Lakes (or any other defined body of water) using forecaster derived data for the duration of the forecast period. The wave model will calculate wave heights for points that are specified to be water in the IceCoverage grid that resides in GFE (values < 70%). The wave model will also dampen wave heights based on the ice coverage for ice concentration values less than 70% (this is a new addition to the model by Dr. Dave Schwab). This allows for the wave model to be fully compatible with any GFE and does not require the use of separate data files to define the lake geometry or orientation. It also allows the model to calculate wave for only the “open” water areas, as it accounts for ice coverage to some degree.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: GridChecker
Programmer's Name: Ted Ryan Application # 1238
Programmer's Site: (FWD ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2008-03-24
Type: Smart Tool
Description: The Grid Checker program is a series of smart tools, scripts, and GFE configuration settings used to monitor the quality of gridded forecasts versus the current observations. Grid Checker provides an easy and intuitive graphical output for forecasters to quickly assess forecast quality and has become an essential part of operations at WFO Fort Worth. The program checks T, Td, RH, Wind, and Sky parameters; and produces an overall “score†graphic which is displayed and continuously refreshed within a Tcl/Tk GUI on any text or graphics workstation even if the GFE is not open.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: gridded ffg2gfe
Programmer's Name: jamie frederick Application # 1248
Programmer's Site: (TSA ) Region: SR
Version: 0.1
Version Date: 2008-05-05
Type: Smart Initialization
Description: RFC gridded ffg netcdf files don't contain all the data needed by gfe to see the data as D2D sources. This app converts the baseline netcdf ffg into something gfe can read. ffg gfe grid can be added and populated through the converted ffg netcdf files.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Grid_delete
Programmer's Name: Eric Wise Application # 1250
Programmer's Site: (SGF ) Region: CR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2008-05-28
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This procedure deletes hourly grids either every six or every three hours between the synoptic times based on the begin/end times or time range selected.
A common practice in editing hourly grids is to edit the grids every three hours or every six hours and then interpolate in between grids. Even though present grids can be interpolated over, some people prefer to delete the grids they are going to interpolate over. If this is desired, manually deleting the hourly grids between every three or six hour grid is a time consuming process, especially if the time range is large. This procedure quickly deletes the unwanted grids, and eliminates time spent on the long process of manually deleting these grids.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Gust_Potential
Programmer's Name: Thomas Andretta Application # 406
Programmer's Site: (PIH ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-04-08
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This smart tool calculates the Wind Gust Grid using various fields from the MESO ETA, ETA, AVN, or MRF model. Weights are applied to each wind term consisting of the wind speed contributions from the Wind Grid and the model 700 mb and 500 mb levels. For a given elevation threshold, these wind gust speed criteria are used: (0 < Z < Z Valley) : None (Z Valley < Z < Z Ridgetop) : (Wind Speed Grid + 700 mb) winds (Z > Z Ridgetop) : (Wind Speed Grid + 700 mb + 500 mb) winds
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Haines_HighLevel
Programmer's Name: David Elson Application # 378
Programmer's Site: (PQR ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-11-08
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Populates a Haines grid with the High Level Haines Index, computed from the model of choice. In lieu of using T-Td for the B component, an approximate RH criteria is used.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Haines_HiMidLow
Programmer's Name: Application # 582
Programmer's Site: (RNK ) Region: ER
Version: 1.5
Version Date: 2007-01-12
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Procedure Haines_HiMidLow is used to compute a combination of High, Mid, Low Haines Index based on
predefined edit areas for each level. It uses the
Haines_Index SmartTool (included here). If you only need one level of Haines Index, you don't need this procedure (you can just use the Haines_Index SmartTool). If you need to populate your Haines Index grid with two or more of High, Mid, Low, then this procedure is for you.
For OB7 now defaults to create 3 hour grids
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Haines_Index
Programmer's Name: Eric Evenson Application # 568
Programmer's Site: (BTV ) Region: ER
Version: 1.3
Version Date: 2003-12-29
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Tool modified to take into account IFPS 15 site code.
The Haines Index Smart Tool utilizes model data to populate the Haines Index grid. The Haines Index (Haines 1988) uses two atmospheric variables, stability and moisture, to help quantify the atmosphere's contribution to growth potential of wildland fires. The stability and moisture terms are combined into one Haines Index number.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Haines_Index
Programmer's Name: Ken Sargeant Application # 1158
Programmer's Site: (MFR ) Region: WR
Version: 1.5
Version Date: 2007-06-27
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This is a rewrite of Eric Evenson's (WFO BTV) Haines_Index Smart Tool. The code
utilizes local methods that derive dewpoint and calculate the stability term and moisture term.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Haines_Index
Programmer's Name: Eric Evenson Application # 1128
Programmer's Site: (BTV ) Region: ER
Version: 1.4
Version Date: 2007-03-15
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Tool modified for changes in IFPS 17.
The Haines Index Smart Tool utilizes model data to populate the Haines Index grid. The Haines Index (Haines 1988) uses two atmospheric variables, stability and moisture, to help quantify the atmosphere's contribution to growth potential of wildland fires. The stability and moisture terms are combined into one Haines Index number.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Haines_LowLevel
Programmer's Name: Rob Radzanowski Application # 445
Programmer's Site: (CTP ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-05-25
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Populates a Haines grid with the Low-Level Haines Index, computed from model of choice based on a B component using 850mb T-Td (instead of
an approximate RH value).
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Haines_LowLevel
Programmer's Name: Application # 607
Programmer's Site: (CTP ) Region: ER
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2003-10-07
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Populates a Haines grid with the Low-Level Haines Index, computed from model of choice based on a B component using 850mb T-Td (instead of an approximate RH value).
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Haines_MidLevel
Programmer's Name: David Elson Application # 377
Programmer's Site: (PQR ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-11-08
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Populates a Haines grid with the Mid Level Haines Index, computed from model of choice. In lieu of using T-Td for the B component, an approximate RH criteria is used.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Headline Generator
Programmer's Name: david zaff Application # 789
Programmer's Site: (ALY ) Region: ER
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2006-02-08
Type: Smart Tool
Description: The Headline Generator Smart Tool was designed to create on-the-fly Hazard grids based on forecast grids and locally defined thresholds. This tool can be used as a reality check, clearly indicating where watch, warning, or advisory thresholds are met in the forecast grids. This tool is in development; it is a concept tool. It is currently configured to address only wind, snow, and frost/freeze scenarios at this time, but its design could easily be built upon to include other watch, warning, and advisory headlines.
Languages:
Status: Testing
Documentation:
Program Name: HGX_Wx_Tool
Programmer's Name: Matthew Moreland Application # 899
Programmer's Site: (HGX ) Region: SR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2005-05-09
Type: Smart Tool
Description: The HGX_Wx_Tool is used to edit the Wx grid and can be used to create Wx based on existing PoP. This version is essentially identical to version 1.0 except with VASTLY improved documentation! This SmartTool is widely used here at the HGX office and makes the task of editing Wx grids a much faster/easier process than it was before. Please read attached documentation for further information on this SmartTool and its uses.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: HPCGuide_Procedure
Programmer's Name: Jeffrey Sites Application # 945
Programmer's Site: (ILN ) Region: ER
Version: 1.01
Version Date: 2005-09-02
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Allows the forecaster to quickly populate MaxT, MinT, Td, PoP, Sky and Wind grids for days 4-7, using the HPCGuide grids available in AWIPS.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: HPCGuide_SmartInit
Programmer's Name: David Novak Application # 911
Programmer's Site: (VUY ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2005-07-12
Type: Smart Initialization
Description: Starting with OB4.2, HPC Grided data is ingested from the SBN and stored in AWIPS for display in D2D. This Smart Initialization takes the AWIPS database and creates a GFE database for use in GFE. This Smart Initialization is identical to the baselined Smart Initialization in the GFE software in IFPS 17.5, but is backward compatible to lesser point versions of IFPS 16 and IFPS 17.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: HPCGuide_SmartInit
Programmer's Name: David Novak Application # 925
Programmer's Site: (VUY ) Region: ER
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2005-07-12
Type: Smart Initialization
Description: Version 1.1 fixes unit conversion error Starting with OB4.2, HPC Grided data is ingested from the SBN and stored in AWIPS for display in D2D. This Smart Initialization takes the AWIPS database and creates a GFE database for use in GFE. This Smart Initialization is identical to the baselined Smart Initialization in the GFE software in IFPS 17.5, but is backward compatible to lesser point versions of IFPS 16 and IFPS 17.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: HPCQPFlatest
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 1208
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2008-01-31
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Procedure grabs the lastest HPCQPF grid for each 6 hour time range automatically, even if the latest data is in different databases for different 6-hour time ranges. It populates QPF grids, fused to 6 hours, over the time range selected.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Hurricane_Sky
Programmer's Name: Paul Stanko Application # 841
Programmer's Site: (GUM ) Region: PR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2004-11-20
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Produces sky grids consistent with the wind field contained in a tropical cyclone warning.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Hurricane_Weather
Programmer's Name: Paul Stanko Application # 842
Programmer's Site: (GUM ) Region: PR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2004-11-20
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Creates a first-guess weather field consistent with a hurricane wind field.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Hurricane_WindWaves
Programmer's Name: Paul Stanko Application # 814
Programmer's Site: (GUM ) Region: PR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2004-12-07
Type: Smart Tool
Description:
Creates wind wave height grids, using FCST wind speed and a combination of the Beaufort sea state tables and the Joint Typhoon Warning Center open ocean wave height chart, with 25 knots being the threshold where the tool switches from one to the other. No variables are solicited from the user.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: IceAccum_Potnl
Programmer's Name: Anthony Petrolito Application # 1279
Programmer's Site: (CAE ) Region: ER
Version: 2.1
Version Date: 2008-12-06
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This smart tool populates the IceAccum grids using an icing potential algorithm. Includes model thermal profiles, latent heating effects and a rough accounting for soil temperature.
Languages:
Status: Testing
Documentation:
Program Name: IceAccum_Potnl
Programmer's Name: Anthony Petrolito Application # 1255
Programmer's Site: (CAE ) Region: ER
Version: 2.0
Version Date: 2008-10-28
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This smart tool populates the IceAccum grids using an icing potential algorithm. Includes model thermal profiles, latent heating effects and a rough accounting for soil temperature.
Languages:
Status: Testing
Documentation:
Program Name: IceAccum_tool
Programmer's Name: Brian Hurley Application # 1286
Programmer's Site: (AKQ ) Region: ER
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2009-01-27
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This smart tool calculates ice accumulation (IceAccum) in corresponding areas of freezing rain or freezing drizzle, based on the QPF, hourly precipitation rate, and wind speed. The tool incorporates a simple, universal ice accretion model for horizontal surfaces (Jones 1998). The nomogram used in this model is based on an empirical relationship between the hourly ice accretion rate (AR), hourly precipitation rate (PR), and wind speed (WS) developed using historical weather data from Springfield, IL. ***UPDATES WITH VERSION 1.1: IceAccum_tool will not assign ice accumulations where ZR is mixed with R in the corresponding Wx grids, and will reduce IceAccum in areas where ZR is mixed with IP. Lastly, this tool incorporates a logrithmic reduction factor in areas where T is greater than 32F, while ensuring no ice accumulation is assigned to areas where T is greater than 33F.***
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Ice_Accumulation
Programmer's Name: Jason Schaumann Application # 1167
Programmer's Site: (SGF ) Region: CR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2007-08-30
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Assigns an ice accumulation using a user percentage of the QPF grid. This tool also gives the user an option for ice accumulation from mixed precipitation. Other options include cutoff temperatures and cutoff POPS.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: ILN_SkyTool
Programmer's Name: Jim Lott Application # 685
Programmer's Site: (ILN ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2005-05-09
Type: Smart Tool
Description:
This Smart Tool will compute the Sky grid based on the user-selected model levels and Relative Humidity (RH) - Sky relationships
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: initENP
Programmer's Name: Greg Martin Application # 411
Programmer's Site: (SGX ) Region: WR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2003-04-10
Type: Smart Initialization
Description: Provides a Smart Initialization for the ENP for Wind, Swell, and Period. Version 1.1 changes the SmartInit for the primary swell direction to use the primary wave direction.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Initialize
Programmer's Name: Brian Smith Application # 1151
Programmer's Site: (LZK ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2007-05-24
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool allows the forecaster to initialize GFE grids with the latest observational data (i.e. LAPS, MSAS, Obs, RTMA).
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Inversion
Programmer's Name: David Elson Application # 895
Programmer's Site: (PQR ) Region: WR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2005-04-14
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool is intended to help simulate the effects of an inversion, by allowing the forecaster to make adjustments to the vertical profile of temperature and moisture fields (eg: T, Td, RH.) Using user-defined input (maximum change, height of maximum change, and the top and bottom of the inversion,) changes are made by applying a selected (sinusoidal or linear) curve.
Version 1.1 adds a local configuration section that allows the site to set which type of curves to apply to the vertical change profile, for both temperature-related changes (ie: MaxT, MinT, and T) and moisture-related changes (eg: Td, RH.)
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: InversionTool
Programmer's Name: Brian Brong Application # 129
Programmer's Site: (REV ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-11-06
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Allows user to pick a min and max elevation and a lapse
rate (degree F) between the min elevation and the max elevation. Lapse rate range 0 - 5.5 F. Applies lapse rate by the following equation:
Grid = Grid - ((top elev - Topo) * lapse rate/1000).
Similiar to LapStrat tool developed by Thomas Mazza.
Languages:
Status: Testing
Documentation:
Program Name: ISC_Copy
Programmer's Name: Timothy Barker Application # 966
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 1.6
Version Date: 2005-10-14
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Copies ISC data into the Fcst grid you are currently working on.
Version 1.6 no longer requires you to load ISC data first, and also includes a Copy_All_ISC Procedure to run the tool over many parms and many times.
The tool calculates the ISC data to match the timerange of your grid (i.e., it finds the Max of your neighbors PoPs to go with the time period of your PoPs). Can also specify an option to \\\\\\"smooth in\\\\\\" the differences between your CWA and the ISC data - with a variable width \\\\\\"transition area\\\\\\".
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: ISC_Copy
Programmer's Name: Timothy Barker Application # 745
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 1.4
Version Date: 2004-03-04
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Copies ISC data into the Fcst grid you are currently working on. Figures the ISC data to match the timerange of your grid (i.e., it finds the Max of your neighbors PoPs to go with the time period of your PoPs). Can also specify an option to \\\\\"smooth in\\\\\" the differences between your CWA and the ISC data - with a variable width \\\\\"transition area\\\\\".
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: ISC Counter
Programmer's Name: David Metze Application # 1268
Programmer's Site: (PUB ) Region: CR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2008-08-28
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This \"tool\" operates outside the GFESuite environment, and is not technically a Smart Tool. The ISC Counter “tool†is design to total the number of ISC grids, per UTC hour, processed by the
GFESuite. This “tool†can be useful in researchings the affects of ISC grid processing and GFESuite
“slowdowns,†especially during high ISC traffic times.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: ISC_Match_Precip
Programmer's Name: Application # 594
Programmer's Site: (RNK ) Region: ER
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2003-10-10
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This procedure is designed to aid collaboration of QPF and SnowAmt grids when the ISC grids are fragmented into smaller time chunks than your local grids. In this case, rate-based data displayed in ISC mode outside your CWA may be for a time period less than your grid's time range, and the values may be some fraction of the true total, making collaboration difficult.
This procedure sums fragmented ISC data into a new grid that matches the times of your local grids. The result is a grid containing the summed ISC data outside your CWA and data inside your CWA, which allows direct comparison of values over the same time period.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: ISC_PCPN_Compare
Programmer's Name: Paul Howerton Application # 758
Programmer's Site: (ICT ) Region: CR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2004-03-26
Type: Consistency Script
Description:
This collection of tools provides forecasters an easy way to compare floating PoPs, QPF and SnowAmt grids. It is a combination of 3 smart tools and a procedure. The 3 tools can be run individually or collectively, via check boxes in the procedure. For SnowAmt and QPF, the user can select between multiple grids 6 or 12 hours in length over the NDFD time range, or a single grid that is the sum of QPF and/or SnowAmt over any user highlighted time range. The derived grids are temporary and the tool must be re-run to reflect data which arrives after the tool has run.
Developed by Thomas Spriggs and Paul Howerton, derived from the earlier work of Paul Jendrowski.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: K_Index
Programmer's Name: Thomas Andretta Application # 163
Programmer's Site: (PIH ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-05-02
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This smart tool calculates the Weather (Ts) field using the K Index equation from the ETA, NGM, RUC, AVN, or MRF model.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: LAL_East
Programmer's Name: Eric Evenson Application # 439
Programmer's Site: (BTV ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-05-16
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Lightning Activity Level (LAL) is a numerical rating ranging from 1 to 6 that represents observed or forecast frequency and characteristics of cloud-to-ground (CG) lightning for a fire zone. The LAL is an important component in determining fire danger in the National Fire Danger Rating System (NFDRS).
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: LAL_from_WX
Programmer's Name: Thomas Earle Application # 430
Programmer's Site: (PDT ) Region: WR
Version: 1.2
Version Date: 2003-04-25
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Derives LAL from Wx. Isolated thunderstorms are always considered LAL 2. Considers ANY weather grid that occurs within the time period of the LAL grid, and correctly handles combined weather like \\\"Sct:RW:^Iso:T:\\\" (which should be counted as Isolated T). This version fixes a problem when the user includes GW (gusty wind) and DmgW (damaging wind) as attributes in their ugly string.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: LAL_Methods
Programmer's Name: Thomas Andretta Application # 458
Programmer's Site: (PIH ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-06-27
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This smart tool computes the Lightning Activity Level (LAL) using three methods. Please see the references for details.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: LALTool
Programmer's Name: Brian Brong Application # 368
Programmer's Site: (REV ) Region: WR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2003-11-06
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Assigns LAL based on PoP, Wx and QPF. Assigns LAL 6, where thunder is present in Wx grid, QPF is less than 0.10 and LAL >= 3. Uses PoP for LAL 2-5 where the QPF >= 0.10, and Thunder is present in Wx grid.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Land_Sea_Breeze_Vect_Avg
Programmer's Name: Eric Lau Application # 762
Programmer's Site: (HFO ) Region: PR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2004-04-02
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Tool to vector average land/sea breeze circulation to background flow.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: LAPS Compare
Programmer's Name: Michael Dutter Application # 835
Programmer's Site: (MQT ) Region: CR
Version: 2.0
Version Date: 2004-11-03
Type: Smart Tool
Description: VERSION 2.0 gives the user the option to decide which observed database they want to compare to the Fcst database. The analyzed databases available are MSAS, Obs (from Tim Barker's MatchObsAll tools), and LAPS.
This set of tools will compare the Fcst Database (T, Td, Wind, Wx, Sky) to the LAPS, Obs, or MSAS Database. Difference grids will then be created, called TDiff, TdDiff, SkyDiff, WindMagDiff, WindDirDiff, and WxDiff.
This program can be used to easily check the current Fcst database versus observed data.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: LAPS Compare
Programmer's Name: Michael Dutter Application # 307
Programmer's Site: (MQT ) Region: CR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-11-22
Type: Procedure
Description: This procedure will compare the Fcst Database (T, Td, Wind, Wx, Sky) to the LAPS Database. Difference grids will then be created, called TDiff, TdDiff, SkyDiff, WindMagDiff, WindDirDiff, and WxDiff.
This program can be used to easily check the current Fcst database versus observed (LAPS) data.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: LAPS Compare
Programmer's Name: Michael Dutter Application # 1051
Programmer's Site: (MQT ) Region: CR
Version: 3.0
Version Date: 2006-06-17
Type: Smart Tool
Description: See documentation for a complete description.
VERSION 3.0 Changes:
- User is now able to compare the Fcst database to the analysis for up to 12 hours in the past.
- An installation script is provided.
- Updated documentation.
This set of tools will compare the Fcst Database (T, Td, Wind, Wx, Sky) to the LAPS, Obs, or MSAS Database. Difference grids will then be created, called TDiff, TdDiff, SkyDiff, WindMagDiff, WindDirDiff, and WxDiff.
This program can be used to easily check the current Fcst database versus observed data.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: LapseRate
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 48
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-01-25
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Applies a user defined lapse rate to the temperature field.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: LapseRate
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 873
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2005-02-04
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Applies a lapse rate to a temperature grid. For a user-entered lapse rate that is positive, it will lower temperatures above a hard coded elevation, in feet, within the tool, and raise the temperature at points lower than this basis elevation. The basis elevation can be modified within the short code of the tool itself. Just go to the variableElement = ... line and change the 550 to an elevation most useful to your office. A negative lapse rate entered results in higher temperatures over higher terrain.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: LapseRateField
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 175
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-05-31
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Applies gridded lapse rate to gridded temperature. Written to handle situations where the lapse rate varies over an area. Must create and edit/ populate an hourly LapseRate field to use.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: LapseRateFlatBase
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 47
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-01-25
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Applies a user defined lapse rate based on a given temperature and a reference elevation.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: LapStrat
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 49
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-01-25
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Applies a user defined lapse rate to the temperature field between two chosen Elevatons.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: LightningTools
Programmer's Name: Ryan Knutsvig Application # 1249
Programmer's Site: (LKN ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2008-05-08
Type: Smart Tool
Description: The Lightning Tools package is a simple package that can help with examining lightning activity across an area. There are three tools: LightningSum, LightningRadius, and LightningStats. The application of this package is still experimental.
The LightningSum tool sums the lightning strikes for a work grid of given duration after RunLtg is run. The LightningRadius tool will create a grid that represents an area of influence from the lightning. The LightningStats tool calculates stats based on the radius of influence grid and the hourly lightning grids. This is expected to be used for fire weather verification and is still experimental.
Languages:
Status: Testing
Documentation:
Program Name: Limit_Values
Programmer's Name: Timothy Barker Application # 802
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 1.5
Version Date: 2004-08-27
Type: Smart Tool
Description: A simple editing tool to limit the values in an edit area to specified values. Slider bars are setup with the current max/min values, and are limited to the max/min possible values so that edits are quick and easy.
Version 1.5 works with query edit areas.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: LowPoP_NoQPF_VariableThresholds
Programmer's Name: Greg Martin Application # 1111
Programmer's Site: (SGX ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2007-02-01
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool is similar to the LowPoP_NoQPF tool except with user-specified variable PoP thresholds. QPF is set to zero for PoP below a user-specified threshold (15 to 50 percent). Non-zero QPF is set to 0.01 for PoP greater than 49.
There is an option to use a second sub-edit area with a separate PoP threshold below which QPF is set to zero. This might be useful for offices that border offices with different thresholds or that use different thresholds for different weather scenarios or at different times of the year.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: lsr_display
Programmer's Name: Les Colin Application # 857
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2004-12-29
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Reads LSR snowfall data and creates or updates GFE sample-set called \\"lsrsamps\\". If lsrsamps is already displayed, tool will update it in real-time and the points will change on the screen. The snowfall data itself are written to a file in AWIPS. This tool is intended to be followed by the snow_obs smart tool.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: LSX_pType_Tool
Programmer's Name: Thomas Spriggs Application # 770
Programmer's Site: (LSX ) Region: CR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2004-06-22
Type: Smart Tool
Description: The LSX_pType_Tool determines precipitation type based on existing PoP and T grids to provide a first guess as to what the precipitation type should be. It assumes the PoP and T grids are already done and will base its output on them as well as upper level data from a model of choice.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Ltg
Programmer's Name: Timothy Barker Application # 1085
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2006-10-11
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Creates grids of observed Lightning strikes, using the AWIPS netCDF lightning files. Can be helpful for nowcasts and updates of weather grids.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Make_Combinations_From_Prod
Programmer's Name: Paul Jendrowski Application # 867
Programmer's Site: (RNK ) Region: ER
Version: 1.3
Version Date: 2005-02-01
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This creates combination files for the Formatter Launcher zone combiner by parsing the combinations from the previously issued product. This is mainly for service backup to retrieve the combinations last used by the failed site. However, since your zone groups may be further split by the formatter (due to hazards/VTEC), this is also a way to visualize how the formatter may have split up your combinations.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Make_FWX_trends
Programmer's Name: Chris Gibson Application # 442
Programmer's Site: (SLC ) Region: WR
Version: 2.0
Version Date: 2003-05-21
Type: Smart Tool
Description: version 2.0. This tar file includes all tools needed by the procedure. Also a change was made to how we compute trends during the afternoon forecast cycle. See readme for details. Procedure to populate RHtrend and Ttrend grids for use with the FWF formatter. Requires the Obs database created with MatchObsAll available on this STR. Calculates difference between observed MaxRH, MinRh, MaxT and MinT as created by MatchObsAll and the Fcst grids for each weather element. Puts result in Ttrend and RHtrend. Only creates trend grids for first two periods as required for FWF.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: makePNGs
Programmer's Name: Todd Dankers Application # 124
Programmer's Site: (BOU ) Region: CR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2002-03-20
Type: Smart Tool
Description: A Perl script that generates .png files at regular time intervals and with constant names, regardless of the time constraints of the grids in the database. After renaming the pertinent files generated by the ifpImage program, the script deletes any extraneous files from the /IMAGE directory.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: MakeSevere
Programmer's Name: Ken Pomeroy Application # 795
Programmer's Site: Western Regional Headquarters (VHW ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2004-08-21
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Takes a area of \"T\" selected with the edit area tool and turns it into \"T+\" thus adding severe wording to the text products.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Make_WebPoP_and_WebSnowAmt
Programmer's Name: John Rozbicki Application # 348
Programmer's Site: (BUF ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-12-15
Type: Smart Tool
Description: With the introduction of IFPS 11, the PoP and SnowAmt grids in GFE became floating, i.e., they are no longer fixed to 12 hour intervals. However, the PoP and SnowAmt grid images posted to the internet still need to be valid for fixed 12 hour periods since the images reflect the public PoP and SnowAmt products (which are valid from 6 am - 6 pm and 6 pm - 6 am Local Time).
Make_WebPoP_and_WebSnowAmt is a suite of Procedures and Smart tools that reads the floating PoP and SnowAmt grids in GFE and generates the12-hr PoP and SnowAmt grids (valid from 6 am - 6 pm and 6 pm - 6 am Local Time) that can be used to create graphics for the internet. The MakeWebPoP Smart Tool reads the floating PoP grids and creates fixed 12-hr grids (named WebPoP) which contain the maximum PoP value for each 12-hr period. The MakeWebSnowAmt Smart Tool reads the floating SnowAmt grids and creates fixed 12-hr grids (named WebSnowAmt) which contain the summed SnowAmt value for each 12-hr period. The populate procedure Make_WebPoP_and_WebSnowAmt creates the WebPoP and WebSnowAmt grids from scratch, then applies both Smart Tools through the entire forecast period.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: MakeWindGust
Programmer's Name: Application # 617
Programmer's Site: (ICT ) Region: CR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-10-15
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Tool used to assign gusts, based on fcstr input. Designed to work on a \"WorkGust\" grid, but should be easy to modify to edit Wind Gusts directly. Fcstr can either use a fixed value, Wind + delta value or Wind * multiplier to obtain gusts. User can also suppress gusts below an adjustable value.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: MakeWindGust
Programmer's Name: Paul Howerton Application # 1068
Programmer's Site: (ICT ) Region: CR
Version: 2.01
Version Date: 2006-07-27
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Tool is used to assign gusts per new directive, based on forecaster input. Forecaster can either use a fixed value for the gust, Wind + a delta value or Wind times a multiplier to obtain gusts. The tool is applied above a user specified sustained wind and enforces directive specifications.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Make_wx_from_Pop
Programmer's Name: Paul Howerton Application # 181
Programmer's Site: (ICT ) Region: CR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-06-06
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Creates wx based on pops over selected edit area (full grid by default.) Has toggles for heavy pcpn, svr tstms. Supported wx includes: T, TRW, RW, R, S
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Make_wx_from_Pop
Programmer's Name: Paul Howerton Application # 616
Programmer's Site: (ICT ) Region: CR
Version: 2.0
Version Date: 2003-10-15
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Updated from point-based to numeric. Creates wx based on pops over selected edit area (full grid by default.) Has toggles for heavy pcpn, svr tstms and to combine/overwrite existing wx. Supported wx includes: T, TRW, RW, R, S, SW, RASN, IP, ZR, RZR. (Of course being numeric, its much faster.)
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: MatchGuidance
Programmer's Name: Timothy Barker Application # 876
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 2.2
Version Date: 2005-02-10
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Matches a grid to point values decoded from various MOS bulletins or HPC guidance. Handles Ensemble and Coop MOS (MCG and MCX) bulletins. Can optionally create a \\\\"change\\\\" grid of how the grid would need to be modified - rather than actually making the change.
Version 2.2 handles HPC bulletins, adds support for using the High or Low from Ensemble MOS bulletins, adds support for Marine MOS bulletins (MME/MMG) and allows you to pick a model for the first guess grid if desired.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: MatchGuidance
Programmer's Name: Timothy Barker Application # 954
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 2.3
Version Date: 2005-09-11
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Matches a grid to point values decoded from various MOS bulletins or HPC guidance. Handles Ensemble and Coop MOS (MCG and MCX) bulletins. Can optionally create a \\\\\"change\\\\\" grid of how the grid would need to be modified - rather than actually making the change.
Version 2.3 supports decoding 12Z MEX bulletins.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: MatchGuidanceAll
Programmer's Name: Timothy Barker Application # 953
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 3.1
Version Date: 2005-09-11
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Adds support for 12Z MEX bulletins. Fixes problems with tool giving up when new Marine MOS guidance is not immediately found, and if logfile directory does not exist when tool starts.
Makes new databases with model grids adjusted to match MOS or guidance values - as soon as the model and guidance values become available.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: MatchGuidanceAll
Programmer's Name: Timothy Barker Application # 916
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 3.0
Version Date: 2005-06-16
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Fixes problems with first guess grids never showing up at some sites - this required a major change to the StartAdjust script and the MatchGuidanceAll tool. Switched to using GFS80 for the first guess for long-range adjusted grids like ADJMEX. Cleaned up the log files substantially.
Makes new databases with model grids adjusted to match MOS or guidance values - as soon as the model and guidance values become available.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: MatchLamp
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 969
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 3.01
Version Date: 2009-01-16
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Formerly MatchLampProcER, MatchLamp matches base grids to LAMP data at MOS sites using the serp algorithm, similar to and based on Tim Barker's MatchGuidance tool. Works for T, Td, Wind and PoP. LAMP data is an updated MAV for each hour out to 25 hours.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: MatchObsAll
Programmer's Name: Timothy Barker Application # 1086
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 0.99
Version Date: 2006-10-12
Type: Smart Tool
Description: A new version of MatchObsAll with an obsdump tool compatible with OB7. In addition, small changes to the ObjAnal routine and MatchObsAll tool were made. The newest version can (and SHOULD) be installed before OB7. In addition, when OB7 is installed, the MatchObsAll Tool configuration section will need to be changed to set Model=NAM12 instead of Eta12.
MatchObsAll is a collection of tools/procedures that generate hourly analyses of temperature, dewpoint and wind, using all the data available in your AWIPS METAR and mesonet netcdf files. In complex terrain, the combination of using GFE init fields for the first guess, as well as certain processing features of the system, can make these analyses much more reasonable than those from LAPS, MAPS, etc.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: MatchObsAll
Programmer's Name: Timothy Barker Application # 1253
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 0.105
Version Date: 2008-06-12
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Makes Observation grids. Version 0.105 is compatible with OB8.3 (and earlier), fixes problems with moving ships, adds ability for different land/water analyses, etc.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: MaxRH_Tool
Programmer's Name: Chris Gibson Application # 328
Programmer's Site: (SLC ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-11-28
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Calculates MaxRH from available RH grids. For use with Finalize_Grids procedure.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: MaxT_AdjustTool_GT
Programmer's Name: Jim Fischer Application # 31
Programmer's Site: (REV ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-01-19
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Adjusts Max Temperatures above a user defined elevation by a user defined delta value
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: MaxT_AdjustTool_LT
Programmer's Name: Jim Fischer Application # 32
Programmer's Site: (REV ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-01-19
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Adjust Max Temperature below a user defined elevation by a user defined delta value.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: MaxT_Fm_Model850T
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 50
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-01-25
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Compute MaxT based on the 850MB temperature of the model of choice.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: MaxT_fm_Model850T
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 176
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2006-08-26
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Generates MaxT from 850MB temperature from model of choice, plus difference entered when the tool is invoked. The tool also subtracts out for elevation, using a lapse rate that corresponds to the difference entered.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: MaxTfmWrkT
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 177
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-05-31
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Computes MaxT from WrkT, a working temperature field that must be created and initialized first. It assumes the data comes from a model h85 field. Although the WrkT field is in degrees F, The forecaster enters a difference in celcius. Elevation is also accounted for, using this difference.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: mergeProds
Programmer's Name: Paul Jendrowski Application # 1004
Programmer's Site: (RNK ) Region: ER
Version: 1.03
Version Date: 2007-06-20
Type: Text Formatter
Description: Merges text from a previous issuance of a product into the current formatter run. This is an update and replacement for the mergeZFPs TextUtility. The mergeProds TextUtility supports most NWS products with UGC encoded segments. This includes ZFP, CWF, NSH, ESF, NOW, PNS, SPS, RWS, HWO.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: MFRFWXFormatter
Programmer's Name: Dennis Gettman Application # 190
Programmer's Site: (MFR ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-06-21
Type: Procedure
Description: This is actually a text product formatter. It uses the FireAreaFcst_Local.py file as a template. We've modified it to adapt it to our FWX zones and text format. See PDXFWFMFR for an example. This file is uncompressed.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: MFR_FWX_Formatter
Programmer's Name: Dennis Gettman Application # 189
Programmer's Site: (MFR ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-06-18
Type: Procedure
Description: This is actually a text product formatter. It uses the FireAreaFcst_Local.py file as a template. We've modified it to adapt it to our FWX zones and text format. See PDXFWFMFR for an example.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: MinRH_Tool
Programmer's Name: Chris Gibson Application # 329
Programmer's Site: (SLC ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-11-28
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Calculates MinRH from available RH grids. For use with Finalize_Grids procedure.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Mix_Down_MaxT
Programmer's Name: Gino Izzi Application # 837
Programmer's Site: (SGF ) Region: CR
Version: 2.0
Version Date: 2004-11-12
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Calculates MaxT by dry adiabatically mixing down the temperature from a user selectable model and level.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: MixedDewpoint_Tool
Programmer's Name: Matt Davis Application # 1003
Programmer's Site: (ARX ) Region: CR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2006-02-21
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool uses model soundings and surface temperature grids to calculate maximum surface dewpoint drops due to mixing. This is useful in fire weather situations where there is dry area aloft...but higher morning humidities due to overnight decoupling.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Mixed_Layer_Winds
Programmer's Name: Jeremy Martin Application # 1191
Programmer's Site: (GLD ) Region: CR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2007-12-17
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Tool returns a wind or windgust grid based using a mixed layer defined by the user. Can use the top of the mixed layer, the vector average in the layer, or the maximum wind for output. Modified tool to remove old GLD references in unused debug files which may be causing problems at other sites. Changed documentation to rich text format instead of Word 2007.
Languages:
Status: Testing
Documentation:
Program Name: MixHght_By_Lyr
Programmer's Name: Thomas Andretta Application # 791
Programmer's Site: (PIH ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2004-08-03
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This smart tool configures the mixing height (MixHgt) grid as a function of a 3 layer terrain structure. The GOES 10 sounders are observations based on satellite-derived vertical soundings to accurately estimate the altitude of each mixing height in each of the vertical layers.
Please see the following URL for more information on the GOES 10 sounders:
[http://orbit.nesdis.noaa.gov/smcd/opdb/goes/soundings/index.html]
This method is adopted from local studies completed by Thomas Andretta during the fire weather seasons of 2003 and 2004.
Input grid(s): Topo
Output grid(s): MixHgt
The conditions for implementing each terrain layer are as follows:
For a given Topo (Z):
* in the Lower Valleys (Zv): Mixing Height [0 < Z < Zv]
* in the Higher Basins (Zb): Mixing Height [Zv =< Z < Zb]
* at the Ridgetops (Zr) : Mixing Height [Zb =< Z < Zr]
* above the Ridgetops (Zr) : Mixing Height [Z >= Zr]
This is a numeric Python tool.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: MixHgt
Programmer's Name: Todd Dankers Application # 421
Programmer's Site: (BOU ) Region: CR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-04-13
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool calculates the Mixing Height, using the T grids in the FCST database and upper air temperature data from various netCDF files. The tool is based on the algorithm contained in SmartInit, but needs to be a stand-alone smart tool, since the model initializations of MixHgt do not account for any forecaster changes to the surface Temperature grids.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: MixHgt500Tool
Programmer's Name: Steven Nelson Application # 886
Programmer's Site: (FFC ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2005-03-09
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Computes 500m Mixing Height Temperature using Eta12 model soundings.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: MixHgt_by_User
Programmer's Name: Thomas Earle Application # 410
Programmer's Site: (PDT ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-04-09
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Derives a MixHgt based on a user defined MixHgt derived from D2D (e.g., a sounding). Since D2D is in MSL, this tool converts the user's value into AGL by subtracting the TOPO grid. This tool is best used with edit areas since there is the potential of returning a MixHgt of zero at high elevations.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: MixHgtFromT
Programmer's Name: mbelk Application # 572
Programmer's Site: (BOX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-11-21
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool will calculate the mixing height from the forecast T and model temperature soundings. There are two algorithms to choose from: Literal and Average.
The supplied procedure exectures the SmartTool, then interpolates based upon the edited grids.
This tool was done in collaboration with Tom Mazza (RLX).
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: MixHgtFromT
Programmer's Name: Matthew Belk Application # 831
Programmer's Site: (BOX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2004-10-26
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool will calculate the mixing height from the forecast T and model temperature soundings. There are two algorithms to choose from: Literal and Average.
The supplied procedure exectures the SmartTool, then interpolates based upon the edited grids.
This tool was done in collaboration with Tom Mazza (RLX).
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: MixHgtMaxT
Programmer's Name: Chris Gibson Application # 7
Programmer's Site: (SLC ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-01-07
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Derives mix height using the MaxT grid. Numeric.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: MixHgtMaxT
Programmer's Name: Chris Gibson Application # 1206
Programmer's Site: (SLC ) Region: WR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2008-01-25
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This version fixes a bug affecting grid points where Topo < 0 and sfcPressure > 1000 MB. Derives mix height using the MaxT grid and NAM12. Numeric.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: MixHgtMesoEta
Programmer's Name: Todd Dankers Application # 422
Programmer's Site: (BOU ) Region: CR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-04-13
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool uses the T grids in the FCST database and upper air temperatures from the MesoEta netCDF files. The tool is based on teh algorithm in SmartInit, but needs to be a stand alone smart tool in order to account for forecaster changes to the surface Temperature grids. This tool is unique to the MesoEta model, since the file system is different for this model. MesoEta files contain higher temporal resolution and additional vertical resolution up to 600 mb.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: MixHgt_tools
Programmer's Name: Application # 581
Programmer's Site: (SLC ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-09-02
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tar file contains a series of tools and procedures for deriving MixHgt, TransWind and CLRIndx. The files contain a readme which discusses the difficulties of deriving these surface fields using model upper air data from AWIPS. The models have differing vertical and temporal resolution, etc. Procedures have been developed for deriving these fields from GFE model databases for AVN, Eta and MesoEta. Unzip the tar file in a temp directory and install the tools and procedures as needed. Tested through RPP20.2/IFPS13 but should work for RPP21/IFPS14. The CLRIndx is a ventilation index used in Utah and will not be needed by most offices.
Languages:
Status: Testing
Documentation:
Program Name: MixHgt_tools
Programmer's Name: Chris Gibson Application # 1205
Programmer's Site: (SLC ) Region: WR
Version: 1.5
Version Date: 2008-01-25
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tar file contains tools and a procedure for deriving MixHgt, MixHgtMSL and TransWind. This version fixes a bug which affected grid points where Topo < 0 and/or SfcPres > 1000 MB. Also, better documentation is included along with print statements in the tools for debug. Unzip the tar file in a temp directory and install the tools and procedures as needed.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: ModelBlend
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 178
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-05-31
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Written by Jeff Davis, TWC
\"Populates\" field with model blend as defined by forecaster. One can blend any number of models using any set of proportions. This replicates a similar feature in Sliders.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Model_Blend
Programmer's Name: Timothy Barker Application # 1069
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 2.1
Version Date: 2006-07-31
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Combine model grids and forecast grids in simple averages, nudging toward a model solution, or in complex weighted averages or extrapolations. The documentation shows many examples.
Version 2.1 fixes a bug for accumulative elements like QPF and SnowAmt, as well as a bug for multiple blends over different edit areas of the same grid.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Model_Blend
Programmer's Name: Timothy Barker Application # 915
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 2.0
Version Date: 2005-06-13
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Combine model grids and forecast grids in simple averages, nudging toward a model solution, or in complex weighted averages or extrapolations. The documentation shows many examples.
Version 2.0 adds multi-column display in the dialog, Allows blending or copying only inside an edit area - and allows taper or edge effects inside the edit area, and provides more ways to control the list of models available for blending in the dialog.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: MosReliabilityData
Programmer's Name: William Rasch Application # 1280
Programmer's Site: (BYZ ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2008-12-16
Type: Smart Tool
Description: GFS(x) MOS Reliability data is available in the Public Verification section of the National Weather Service Performance Management web page. Data is for sites which have a Point Forecast Matrix (PFM) and MOS guidance. This data can be very useful for operational forecasters as it shows biases in pop for the GFS(x) MOS. Installation of these tools and programs will allow this MOS reliability data to be pulled into awips in the form of MOS reliability bulletins. By making these bulletins available in awips allows the GFE smartTool MatchGuidanceAll (Tim Barker, SOO BOI) to create ADJ database Pop grids from this data. Western Region sites with the smartTool ClimoPOPTool will be able to view this data in tabular form with the option to SERP into different background fields.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: MOS_SkyTool
Programmer's Name: Brian Curran Application # 1259
Programmer's Site: (MAF ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2008-07-09
Type: Smart Tool
Description: MOS_SkyTool is a \"dumb\" smart tool that copies over the MOSGuide Sky grids over a time range specified by the user. The user also has the option to smooth the MOS Sky grids after they have been copied over into the Fcst database.
Languages:
Status: Planned
Documentation:
Program Name: Mountain_adjustProfile
Programmer's Name: David Elson Application # 866
Programmer's Site: (PQR ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2005-01-28
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool is designed to aid in applying changes to a field where the changes are a function of elevation, and optionally a function of terrain type (valleys, slopes, ridgetops.) The tool works with a number of scalar fields, and the Wind (magnitude only) field. Some applications of the tool could include:
warming up a layer in T grids above an inversion,
cooling valleys in T grids,
diminishing low level valley winds, and increasing higher elevation ridgetop winds
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: MoveFeatures
Programmer's Name: Ryan Knutsvig Application # 786
Programmer's Site: (LKN ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2004-07-23
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool will move the values within a grid in the x or y direction based on user input. The vacant portion of the grid will be filled with -80s or higher depending on the variable minimum. It works for Vectors and Scalar. Thanks to Tom LeFebvre for guidance on this project.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: MPE_QPF
Programmer's Name: Paul Jendrowski Application # 1175
Programmer's Site: (RNK ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2007-09-26
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Procedure to populate QPF from Local MPE D2D grids.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: MyECMWF
Programmer's Name: William Rasch Application # 1185
Programmer's Site: (BYZ ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2007-11-30
Type: Smart Initialization
Description: Updated ECMWF smartInit developed for new Hi-Res ECMWF now available in AWIPS.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: MyECMWF
Programmer's Name: William Rasch Application # 1192
Programmer's Site: (BYZ ) Region: WR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2007-12-06
Type: Smart Initialization
Description: ECMWF smartInit developed for new Hi-Res ECMWF now available in AWIPS. Updated technique for MaxT/MinT a bit. Also corrected some errors in localConfig additions.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: MyEta.py
Programmer's Name: David Kellenbenz Application # 398
Programmer's Site: (FGF ) Region: CR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-03-10
Type: Smart Initialization
Description: Eta smart initialization to take Eta RH values from 1000-500mb average. Also computes Haines index for 850,700mb for non mountainous sites.
Can be used with ETA_SkyTool
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: MyMOSGuide.py
Programmer's Name: Matthew Hirsch Application # 1110
Programmer's Site: (MLB ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2007-01-31
Type: Smart Initialization
Description: With OB7.1, 12-hr PoPs for the MOSGuide database do not populate into the PoP weather element in GFE. The MyMOSGuide smartinit adds this capability.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: myRUC13
Programmer's Name: William Rasch Application # 1198
Programmer's Site: (BYZ ) Region: WR
Version: 10
Version Date: 2007-12-23
Type: Smart Initialization
Description: SmartInit for RUC13. Current smartInit contains 19 weather elements. Plans are to add to this list in the future with later builds.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: mySREF
Programmer's Name: William Rasch Application # 1180
Programmer's Site: (BYZ ) Region: WR
Version: 2.0
Version Date: 2007-11-30
Type: Smart Initialization
Description: Expansion of weather elements from previous SREF smartInit. Also includes coding to time shift accumulative qpf/pop data from SREF.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: mySREF
Programmer's Name: William Rasch Application # 1159
Programmer's Site: (BYZ ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2007-06-28
Type: Smart Initialization
Description: Expansion of previous work by Mathew Foster's SREF smartInit.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: NCNWS Fire Bundle
Programmer's Name: Matt Davis Application # 946
Programmer's Site: (ARX ) Region: CR
Version: 3.0
Version Date: 2005-09-02
Type: Text Formatter
Description:
Formatters, Tools, and Procedures for creation of entire North Central States Fire Weather Package.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: NCNWS V3.0 to V3.1 Update
Programmer's Name: Matt Davis Application # 1130
Programmer's Site: (ARX ) Region: CR
Version: 3.1
Version Date: 2007-03-15
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This is a minor update to some of the tools and procedures used in the the NCNWS 3.0 package.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: NDFD_GridCheck
Programmer's Name: Chris Gibson Application # 736
Programmer's Site: (SLC ) Region: WR
Version: 4.0
Version Date: 2004-01-30
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Updated January 2004: Changed way time range is determined to match a change to the NDFD. Double checked tables to ensure day 8 completeness at 18Z.
Checks the Fcst database for existence of grids. Times and weather elements are configurable in python dictionaries. Reports missing grids to the status bar at the bottom of the GFE. Uses getGridInfo from SmartScript to check for grid existence. getGridInfo does not support numeric python but is very fast. Tested for GFE versions RPP17,18,19. (Note: does not work in GFE version RPP18.5). Verson 2.0 notes whether day or night shift and has better dictionaries based on Western Region NDFD Iplementation Plan.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: NDFD_GridCheck
Programmer's Name: Chris Gibson Application # 812
Programmer's Site: (SLC ) Region: WR
Version: 5.0
Version Date: 2004-09-15
Type: Consistency Script
Description: September 2004: bug fix and increased QPF grids to satisfy NDFD requirements. Updated January 2004: Changed way time range is determined to match a change to the NDFD. Double checked tables to ensure day 8 completeness at 18Z.
Checks the Fcst database for existence of grids. Times and weather elements are configurable in python dictionaries. Reports missing grids to the status bar at the bottom of the GFE. Uses getGridInfo from SmartScript to check for grid existence. getGridInfo does not support numeric python but is very fast. Tested for GFE versions RPP17,18,19. (Note: does not work in GFE version RPP18.5). Verson 2.0 notes whether day or night shift and has better dictionaries based on Western Region NDFD Iplementation Plan.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: ndfdPoP
Programmer's Name: jim Fischer Application # 434
Programmer's Site: (REV ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-05-01
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Smart Tool to be used with Create_ndfdPoP
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: NDFD_QPF_Checks
Programmer's Name: Jay Smith Application # 1141
Programmer's Site: (AFG ) Region: AR
Version: 1.1.1
Version Date: 2007-05-02
Type: Consistency Script
Description: Performs checks to ensure the five NDFD QPF related parameter consistency requirements are met. See provided documentation for more details. NOTE: This procedure replaces the SnowAmtQPFPoPWxCheck procedure.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: NDFD_QPF_Checks
Programmer's Name: Jay Smith Application # 1144
Programmer's Site: (AFG ) Region: AR
Version: 1.2.0
Version Date: 2007-05-03
Type: Consistency Script
Description: Performs checks to ensure the five NDFD QPF related parameter consistency requirements are met. See provided documentation for more details. NOTE: This procedure replaces the SnowAmtQPFPoPWxCheck procedure.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: NDFD_QPF_Suite
Programmer's Name: Jay Smith Application # 1147
Programmer's Site: (AFG ) Region: AR
Version: 1.2.0
Version Date: 2007-05-03
Type: Consistency Script
Description: This procedure calls the Collaborate_PoP_SnowAmt_QPF procedure and then the NDFD_QPF_Checks procedure. See the provided documentation for this procedure as well as the documentation for the other two procedures for more information.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: NoHigherThan
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 51
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-01-25
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Make sure all values are at or below a certain value.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: NoLowerThan
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 52
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-01-25
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Make sure all values are at or above a certain value.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: nomogram_p_type
Programmer's Name: ronald humble Application # 1063
Programmer's Site: (RAH ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2006-10-06
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool does not modify any grid. The tool creates (via gnuplot) and displays (via GIMP) a PNG graphic of forecast 1000-850mb and 850-700mb thickness for a user selected time period and model. This is an aid for using the TREND technique to forecast precipitation type during the winter. Any latitude/longitude within the local GFE domain may be plotted. The tool is accessed by selecting a one hour temperture grid. Selection of \"nomogram_p_type\" from the available tools brings up the user interface where model selection, length of time series, and other parameters may be set.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: NoPoPHrlyNoQPF
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 53
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-01-25
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Set 6-hr QPF to 0.00 where there is no hourly PoP greater than 24 for all six hours involved.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: NoPoPHrlyNoQPFHrly
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 54
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-01-25
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Sets QPFHrly to 0.00 where corresponding PoPHrly is less than 25.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: NoPoPNoQPF
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 907
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.2
Version Date: 2007-04-04
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool assures there is no QPF wherever the PoP is less than the user-entered value from 1-49%, the allowable threshold range for measurable precipitation. It also assures there is QPF where the PoP is greater than the user-entered threshold; it assigns a value of 0.01 per six hours (0.002 per hour) where the PoP is greater than the user-entered threshold but the QPF was 0.00.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: NoPoPNoQPF
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 55
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-01-25
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Set QPF to 0 where PoP is less than 25.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: NowFog
Programmer's Name: Kris Mattarochia Application # 1196
Programmer's Site: (RNK ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0.1
Version Date: 2008-10-18
Type: Smart Tool
Description: v1.0.1 Corrects int errors associated with OB8.2... Inserts fog in Wx grids based upon the Fog Channel pic in AWIPS/GFE.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: NowFog
Programmer's Name: Kris Mattarochia Application # 1235
Programmer's Site: (RNK ) Region: ER
Version: 2.0.2
Version Date: 2008-10-18
Type: Smart Tool
Description: v2.0.2 Corrects int issues with OB8.2.....
Uses RUC13 and SREF in addition to Fog Channel Sat Pic to place fog in Wx grids. Includes a Growth/Decay option to forecast fog in near term Wx grids.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: NowGrids
Programmer's Name: Robert Stauber Application # 1275
Programmer's Site: (PHI ) Region: ER
Version: 4.01
Version Date: 2008-11-15
Type: Smart Tool
Description: NowGrids allows the forecaster to simplify the process of populating grids with the latest analysis.
Version 4.01 has been updated to fix an error that clouds are not done correctly when an edit area is turned on.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: NowGrids
Programmer's Name: Robert Stauber Application # 1261
Programmer's Site: (PHI ) Region: ER
Version: 4.0
Version Date: 2008-08-03
Type: Smart Tool
Description: NowGrids allows the forecaster to simplify the process of populating grids with the latest analysis.
Version 4.0 has been enhanced to allow the forecaster to Populate current grids into the future using Model data and/or Smart Tools as well as Interpolation.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: NowGrids
Programmer's Name: Robert Stauber Application # 1234
Programmer's Site: (PHI ) Region: ER
Version: 3.1
Version Date: 2008-05-13
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This program Populates grids as well as runs a series of Procedures and SmartTools to initialize the grids then it interpolates the grids into the future to blend forecast grids with past data. Multiple procedures and smarttools are included, but can be Replaced with office preferred procedures or smarttools. The latest update adds a few extra abilities such as using MPE for QPF, assigning zero to QPF, assigning zero for clear or 100 for overcast for Sky grids.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: NPW_Headlines
Programmer's Name: Linda Engebretson Application # 740
Programmer's Site: (DVN ) Region: CR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2004-02-17
Type: Smart Tool
Description:
This tool was originally distributed with Matt Davis's GHG headline generator.
This tool assigns headlines to the headline grid based on user input. It is
much faster than going through the pickup dialog, especially
when there are a lot of different headlines to choose from.
I made some modifications to it to suit our local needs.
Basically, instead of using hand drawn edit areas to execute the tool on, it uses the pre-defined edit areas of the counties to run on instead.
I added a user interface to allow the user to select from those counties.
In this version I also included some edit areas that are pre-grouped portions of the CWFA.
Anyone who downloads this tool will need to change the list of edit areas for their CWFA.
Also look for a companion tool, WSW_Headlines which
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Nudge_to_Model
Programmer's Name: timothy barker Application # 20
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-11-05
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Numeric tool that nudges the forecast grid toward a specified model grid. If you nudge it 0% nothing changes, if you nudge it 100%, it is equivalent to copying the model grid into your grid. Values in between will add \\"part\\" of the difference between your grid and the model grid.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: OAV Formatter
Programmer's Name: Josh Smith Application # 1274
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 2.1
Version Date: 2008-11-15
Type: Text Formatter
Description: The OAV (Aviation Accident Report) formatter generates an OAV report based on input from the user and data gathered between a start and end time. OAV formatter version 2.0 adds the ability to complete amarine accident report. The OAV product format follows the National Weather Service (NWS) Western Region and NWS headquarters format requirements. The formatter is designed to work in any NWS region and in WFO’s that cross Aviation Weather Center boundaries. Metars, Radar VAD Winds, Upper air winds (SGL product), TAFs, airmets and sigmets are gathered from the AWIPS text database (textdb). In the case of a marine accident, the formatter gathers coastal forecast and advisories from the AWIPS text database. OAV product complies with NWS directive NWSI 10-2004.
Please contact me with any questions, comments or problems with this formatter.
11/13/2008 - Fixed a problem with handling coastal zones. The formatter can now read combined coastal zones. Formatter will also work for inland lakes (Great Lakes) Marine OAV. Bug found by MKX.
10/28/2008 - Fixed problem with how variable vtype was handled when only the OAV aviation product is defined.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: OAV Formatter
Programmer's Name: Josh Smith Application # 1266
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 1.2
Version Date: 2008-09-24
Type: Text Formatter
Description: The OAV (Aviation Accident Report) formatter generates an OAV report based on input from the user and data gathered between a start and end time. The OAV product format follows the National Weather Service (NWS) Western Region and NWS headquarters format requirements. The formatter is designed to work in any NWS region and in WFO’s that cross Aviation Weather Center boundaries. Metars, Radar VAD Winds, Upper air winds (SGL product), TAFs, airmets and sigmets are gathered from the AWIPS text database (textdb).
Version 1.2 - 08/22/08:
1) Changed SGL selection from previous sounding closest to incident time to a window of plus 5 hours from accident time. This will ensure that the sounding closest to the accident time is used even if it is up to five hours after the accident.
2) Added a check for the PPBB line in the SGL if sounding is selected. If none is found, the formatter will look for the next SGL product that has a PPBB line. After 3 attempts to look for the PPBB section the formatter will report wind data unavailable. Bug found by EKA.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: OB7.2 FWS Formatter Patches and Enhancement
Programmer's Name: Virgil Middendorf Application # 1148
Programmer's Site: (BYZ ) Region: WR
Version: 3.3
Version Date: 2007-05-03
Type: Text Formatter
Description: Version 3.3 patches 3 more bugs in the OB7.2 formatter and includes 1 additional enhancement.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: OB7.2 FWS Formatter Patches and Enhancement
Programmer's Name: Virgil Middendorf Application # 1133
Programmer's Site: (BYZ ) Region: WR
Version: 3.2
Version Date: 2007-04-03
Type: Text Formatter
Description: This package fixes 3 bugs and adds 4 enhancements to the Baseline OB7.2 FWS formatter. Version 3.2 includes the MAF agency bug.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: OB7.2 FWS Formatter Patches and Enhancement
Programmer's Name: Virgil Middendorf Application # 1108
Programmer's Site: (BYZ ) Region: WR
Version: 3.0
Version Date: 2007-01-26
Type: Text Formatter
Description: This package fixes 2 bugs and adds 3 enhancements to the Baseline OB7.2 FWS formatter.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: OB7.2 FWS Formatter Patches and Enhancement
Programmer's Name: Virgil Middendorf Application # 1115
Programmer's Site: (BYZ ) Region: WR
Version: 3.1
Version Date: 2007-02-06
Type: Text Formatter
Description: This package fixes 3 bugs and adds 3 enhancements to the Baseline OB7.2 FWS formatter. Version 3.1 includes the MAF agency bug.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: OB8.1 FWS Formatter Patches and Enhancements
Programmer's Name: Virgil Middendorf Application # 1165
Programmer's Site: (BYZ ) Region: WR
Version: 4.0
Version Date: 2007-08-16
Type: Text Formatter
Description: OB8.1 fixed four bugs in the FWS formatter that existed in the OB7.2 version. Two bugs remain, one of which is critical that causes the formatter to crash. Version 4.0 only has changes to the ovr_patch.py file in that 4 methods have been removed and they are: cwr_words, _qualityControlFormData, _detWindDirSpdStr, and _determineTableTimeRanges
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: ObjAnal
Programmer's Name: Timothy Barker Application # 1163
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 2.0
Version Date: 2007-08-13
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Basic Utility for doing objective analyses. Originally supported only Serp method - and was internal to serp-based tools. Now includes Barnes and Inverse Distance Squared methods, and is independent of any tools.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: OfficialSave24
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 1018
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2006-02-21
Type: Consistency Script
Description: Once set up, OfficialSave24 is a database that holds forecast data prepared 24 hours ago. This would be one’s previous shift, unless they’ve just come off of an odd turn-around or a break.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: OneZoneOnePd
Programmer's Name: david zaff Application # 697
Programmer's Site: (ALY ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-12-11
Type: Text Formatter
Description: This locally developed formatter is designed to only run
for a specific zone grouping and a specific period,
allowing the forecaster to see text output in near
real-time. The formatter is designed so that the
forecaster can quickly see what the text will look like
for a given set of weather forecast grids. The forecaster
is encouraged to modify grids as necessary without
changing the text.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: OPC Wave SmartInits
Programmer's Name: Matthew Belk Application # 1176
Programmer's Site: (BOX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2007-10-01
Type: Smart Initialization
Description:
This software allows OPC wave height grids to be ingested into GFE.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: OUN_ConvectiveWxTool
Programmer's Name: Steven Nelson Application # 453
Programmer's Site: (FFC ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-11-05
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool is similar to other Convective Wx Tools. It derives Wx from PoP. T is always selected as a weather type. The forecaster can decide at run-time whether to 1) add RW or not, 2) add Heavy Rainfall attribute, and 3) add Severe Thunderstorm attribute based on a threshold probability (SChc, Chc, Lkly, etc..). This tool will avoid adding TRW+ [HvyRn] which will phrase \\"heavy rainfall\\" twice in the ZFP.
Future versions of this tool will use model data to determine thresholds for heavy rain and severe thunderstorms.
Languages:
Status: Testing
Documentation:
Program Name: OUN_MixHgtTool
Programmer's Name: Steven Nelson Application # 94
Programmer's Site: (FFC ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-11-05
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Computes an empirical mixing height from Fcst T and a maximum mixed theta. Produces a more continuous result than the model init mixing height. Works a little better in the warm season. (equation may need to be adjusted for other cwas).
Languages:
Status: Testing
Documentation:
Program Name: OUN_NightMixHgtTool
Programmer's Name: sen Application # 517
Programmer's Site: (FFC ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-11-05
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Computes mixing height from WFO Wind grids. If wind speed is below a site defined threshold, the mixing height will be set to zero.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: OUNSkyTool
Programmer's Name: Steven Nelson Application # 248
Programmer's Site: (FFC ) Region: SR
Version: 2.0
Version Date: 2003-11-05
Type: Smart Tool
Description: *Updated* Improved, forecaster-friendly interface. Computes Sky from PoP and/or model RH. User selects PoP thresholds for Mostly Clear, Partly Cloudy, Mostly Cloudy, and Cloudy
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: OUN_TransWindTool
Programmer's Name: Steven Nelson Application # 96
Programmer's Site: (FFC ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-11-05
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Computes Transport Wind from Fcst MixHgt and Model Winds. Nearly identical to baseline smart init transport wind module.
Languages:
Status: Testing
Documentation:
Program Name: PcpnTypeFromThickness
Programmer's Name: Jim Lott Application # 743
Programmer's Site: (ILN ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2006-03-02
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool will create weather grids based on PoP and the 1000-850 mb and 850-700 mb model thickness. It is based on the TRENDs thickness technique developed at WFO Raleigh.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: PersistenceMaxT
Programmer's Name: Jason Puma Application # 1171
Programmer's Site: (IND ) Region: CR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2007-09-07
Type: Smart Tool
Description: The PersistenceMaxT tool copies the MaxT grid from the obs database from 24 hours ago and pastes it into the Forecast MaxT grid.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: PersistenceMinT
Programmer's Name: Jason Puma Application # 1172
Programmer's Site: (IND ) Region: CR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2007-09-07
Type: Smart Tool
Description: The PersistenceMinT tool copies the MinT grid from the obs database from 24 hours ago and pastes it into the Forecast MinT grid.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: PersistenceTd
Programmer's Name: Jason Puma Application # 1173
Programmer's Site: (IND ) Region: CR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2007-09-07
Type: Smart Tool
Description: The PersistenceTd tool copies the Td grid from the obs database from 24 hours ago and pastes it into the Forecast Td grid.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: PE_to_PoP_Eta
Programmer's Name: James Noel Application # 376
Programmer's Site: Ohio RFC (Wilmington, OH) (TIR ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-02-24
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This SmartTool derives 6 hour PoPs from PE (Precipitation Efficiency values for the Eta Model. This is derived from PE research at WFO FFC. If you want a copy of the paper which will soon be published in the NWA Digest, send an email to James.Noel@noaa.gov
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: PE_to_PoP_GFS
Programmer's Name: James Noel Application # 375
Programmer's Site: Ohio RFC (Wilmington, OH) (TIR ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-02-24
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This SmartTool create 6 hour POPs from Precipitation Efficiency research for the AVN/GFS Model
This paper will be published shortly in the NWA. If you want a copy, send email to James.Noel@noaa.gov
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: PNS_Record
Programmer's Name: Josh Smith Application # 1179
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 1.3
Version Date: 2008-08-11
Type: Text Formatter
Description: The PNS_Record formatter creates a PNS product listing record high/low temperatures, Max/Min forecast temperatures, year of record and period of record for each selected city for the user selected dates. Record temperature information for a city is extracted from NOAA Regional Climate Center data files which must be downloaded before the formatter is used. Instructions on how to setup the formatter and download the climate data files are included in the documentation.
01/18/08 Fixed problem with reading a sub-zero record temperature.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: PoP12_from_PoP
Programmer's Name: James Noel Application # 783
Programmer's Site: Ohio RFC (Wilmington, OH) (TIR ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2004-07-23
Type: Smart Tool
Description:
This SmartTool will derive 12-hour pops from 6 hour pops that are mathematically correct from the formula (P1 + P2) - (P1 * P2). This should help in collaberation.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: PoP12hrFmMaxPoPHrly
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 57
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-01-25
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Assigns PoP values from PoPHrly grids within the Active Edit Area over Selected Time.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: PoP12hrFmMaxSky
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 58
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-01-25
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Generates a 12-hr PoP grid from the maximum skycover at each point during the 12-hr period.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: PoP_Adjt_Elevation
Programmer's Name: Jim Fischer Application # 33
Programmer's Site: (REV ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-01-19
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Adjust PoP value based on a user defined reference elevation, adjustment factor and elevation resolution.
Adjustmen is DOWN from the reference elevation.
Zero PoPs will remain Zero.
Languages:
Status: Planned
Documentation:
Program Name: PoP_down_by_elevation
Programmer's Name: Brian Brong Application # 165
Programmer's Site: (REV ) Region: WR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2002-05-10
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Decreases the PoP below a base elevation, by a PoP delta, for every elevation delta feet (default 1000 feet) below the base elevation. User defines the PoP delta, base elevation and elevation delta.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: PoP_Fast
Programmer's Name: Thomas Andretta Application # 111
Programmer's Site: (PIH ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-05-02
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This smart tool generates the probability of precipitation element from the weather element.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: PoPfmQPF
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 179
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-05-31
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Generates PoP field from QPF field, but must time shift QPF field back six hours first. Highest PoP/QPF pair defined by user at runtime. PoP of 24 assigne where 0 QPF.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: PoPFmWxProb
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 56
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-01-25
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Assigns 40% PoP for Chc, Sct; 60% for Lkly, Num; 80% for Def, Ocnl, Wide.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: PoP_fromRadar
Programmer's Name: Brian Smith Application # 894
Programmer's Site: (LZK ) Region: SR
Version: 2
Version Date: 2005-04-12
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Allows the forecaster to initialize PoP grids based on LAPS radar data.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: PoP_From_Wx
Programmer's Name: Chris Darden Application # 80
Programmer's Site: (MEG ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-03-02
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool will produce PoP grids based on your associated Wx grids and user input. Note: this tool assumes that your PoP and Wx grids line up temporally. That is, your weather grids don't overlap different periods. The tool will extract the highest weather \\\"value\\\" for each grid point and assign the PoP accordingly.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: PoPHrlyFmPoP
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 59
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-01-25
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Simply fills hourly PoP grids based on corresponding 12 hour PoP.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: PoPHrlyFmSky
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 84
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-01-28
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Generates hourly PoP grids based on the corresponding hourly Sky grids.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: PoP_Rounder
Programmer's Name: David Elson Application # 194
Programmer's Site: (PQR ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-11-08
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool takes the existing PoP field, and rounds the PoP value to the nearest forecastable value (eg: 0, 5, 10, 20 ... 90, 100%)
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: PoP_Sickle
Programmer's Name: David Elson Application # 199
Programmer's Site: (PQR ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-11-08
Type: Smart Tool
Description: For a user defined threshold, resets the existing PoP value to zero where the PoP is less than the threshold. Requires an existing PoP grid.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: PoP_to_Sky
Programmer's Name: Brian Curran Application # 1054
Programmer's Site: (MAF ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2006-06-26
Type: Smart Tool
Description: PoP_to_Sky is a “dumb” smart tool that adjusts the Sky grid based on the corresponding PoP grid. A Sky gridbox is changed if the following two conditions are met:
1. The PoP value has to be greater than or equal to a user-specified value (default 10 percent), and
2. The Sky value has to be less than the corresponding PoP value plus a user-specified offset (default 25 percent).
If these conditions are not met at a gridbox, then that Sky value is not changed. The resultant grid is then clipped to ensure the Sky grid does not exceed 100.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: populate_editArea
Programmer's Name: Michael Dutter Application # 408
Programmer's Site: (MQT ) Region: CR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-04-08
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool allows users to populate edit areas with the latest runs from selected models in the GFE database. Future plans for the tool will be to add a feature to populate with the previous run of the model if the model is being updated when the tool is executed.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Populate_HPC_Day_6_7_ver2
Programmer's Name: David Kellenbenz Application # 1098
Programmer's Site: (FGF ) Region: CR
Version: 2.0
Version Date: 2006-12-21
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This procedure will populate all needed grids for the Day6 and 7 timeframe within the NDFD guidelines
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Populate_MidGrids_Marine
Programmer's Name: Jonathan Wolfe Application # 1264
Programmer's Site: (PQR ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2008-08-03
Type: Smart Tool
Description:
Procedure to populate mid grids (Grids that need to be created each night for day 8). Example demonstrates how to populate the Marine grids and run some local smart tools on the scratch grids.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Populate RH, WindChill and HeatIndex
Programmer's Name: John Margraf Application # 349
Programmer's Site: (LWX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-11-12
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This procedure creates blank RH, WindChill and HeatIndex grids, then populates them from existing Temperature, Dew Point and Wind grids.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Populate_T_from_MaxTMinT
Programmer's Name: Thomas Earle Application # 342
Programmer's Site: (PDT ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-12-10
Type: Procedure
Description: Populates T grids from MaxT and MinT, and interpolates. The population of specific grid times are based on temperature research at Pendleton, OR (i.e., the most common times the MaxT and MinT occurred for each month). You will need to adjust these values to your specific site. Populate_T_from_MaxTMinT was somewhat derived from James Noel's procedure; however, it has a variable offset hour to build a more accurate diurnal temperature curve based on local climatology.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: PoP_up_by_elevation
Programmer's Name: Brian Brong Application # 166
Programmer's Site: (REV ) Region: WR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2002-05-10
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Increases PoP above a Base elevation, by a PoP Delta, for every Elevation Delta feet (default 1000 feet) above the base elevation. User enters PoP delta, base elevation and elevation delta.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: PoWT Methodology
Programmer's Name: Andy Just Application # 1272
Programmer's Site: (MQT ) Region: CR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2008-10-12
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Since GFE was deployed to all weather forecast offices, one of the trickiest grids to edit has been the Wx grid. This is especially true during the transition seasons of spring and fall when the Wx grid can become quite cluttered and not very user friendly to modify. Some tools have been developed to assist with the Wx grid, but they have restrictions to them, such as requiring one model to use as data for figuring out precipitation types. When the MakeHazard, MergeHazard and SeparateHazard tools were developed for GFE to support Hazard modification, the idea to separate the Wx grid into individual weather types was evident. Going one step further, the individual weather types could be changed to probabilities. Now forecasters can provide detail on not only the probability of precipitation occurring, but also the probability of each individual weather type occurring. The methodology is referred to as the Probability of Weather Type Methodology or PoWT.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: pqpf
Programmer's Name: jamie frederick Application # 1109
Programmer's Site: (TSA ) Region: SR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2007-07-23
Type: Smart Tool
Description:
QPF Exceedance probability tools and web html and php script to access and display the data.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: PRISMFCST
Programmer's Name: christopher mello Application # 1036
Programmer's Site: (CLE ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2006-05-02
Type: Smart Initialization
Description: PRISMFCST provides a unique method to accomplish downscaling for maximum and minimum temperature forecasts using high-resolution climatological information and an objective analysis scheme.
This tool, called PRISMFCST, generates 5 km resolution maximum and minimum temperature forecast grids, for forecast projections out to 72 h. A total of six forecast grids (hours 15 through 84 from initial forecast cycle time) are created. Hourly temperatures are derived from the six maximum and minimum temperature fields. Also, Dew point temperatures are derived through 72 hours.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: PRISM_GFE
Programmer's Name: christopher mello Application # 944
Programmer's Site: (CLE ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2005-08-29
Type: Smart Tool
Description:
load PRISM Climate data
Languages:
Status: Planned
Documentation:
Program Name: Prob_to_Cov
Programmer's Name: timothy barker Application # 13
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2003-11-05
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Numeric tool changes Wx probability terms (SChc, Chc, Lkly, Def) to coverage terms (Iso, Sct, Num, Wide). Handles some of the special cases where a combination of coverage and weather is not allowed (see inline comments for more information).
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: PTypeNomogramTool
Programmer's Name: Patrick Moore Application # 749
Programmer's Site: (GSP ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2004-03-10
Type: Smart Tool
Description: The PTypeNomogramTool uses grids of 1000-850mb thickness and 850-700mb thickness to create a DISCRETE type grid named \"Nomogram\" that shows a plan view of where all grid boxes reside within the Partial Thickness Universal Nomogram (developed by WFO Raleigh). The Nomogram is part of the TREND technique for forecasting predominant precipitation types and their transitions during winter storm events based on the distribution of partial thicknesses. The Nomogram grid is applicable to stratiform mixed precipitation events and is useful as a diagnostic tool for determining predominant and secondary precipitation types.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: PTypeNomogramTool
Programmer's Name: Patrick Moore Application # 989
Programmer's Site: (GSP ) Region: ER
Version: 1.2
Version Date: 2005-12-14
Type: Smart Tool
Description: The PTypeNomogramTool takes grids of 1000-850mb thickness and 850-700mb thickness and locates the position of each grid box within the Partial Thickness Universal Nomogram. The tool creates a \"Nomogram\" grid to show this information in plan view. The latest version of the tool has the capability to create \"model-specific\" nomogram grids for the Eta12, GFS80, and NGM80. This tool and procedure is intended to be used as the first part of a methodology to create Wx grids from Nomogram information. A companion tool \"WxFromNomogram\" is available on the STR to complete the second part of the methodology.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Publish_Public_Grids
Programmer's Name: Brian Curran Application # 1057
Programmer's Site: (MAF ) Region: SR
Version: 2.0
Version Date: 2006-06-27
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Publish_Public_Grids is a GFE procedure that saves and publishes to the Official database user-selectable forecast elements over a user-specified time. The forecast elements are published without regard to what may be in the grid manager on execution.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: QC_Check
Programmer's Name: Steven Nelson Application # 261
Programmer's Site: (FFC ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-11-05
Type: Smart Tool
Description: QC_Check is a suite of procedures and smart tools that checks for 1) grid completeness (CheckGrid), 2) grid consistency between different parms, and 3) grid consistency between offices. The procedures alert the forecaster the problem and its approximate location. These procedures can be run from within or outside of GFE. A tcl/tk script is also provided to display qc feedback outside of the GFE interface. Procedures 1 and 2 are mostly done and may be posted seperately on the STR. Please email with suggestions.
Languages:
Status: Testing
Documentation:
Program Name: QPF_2_SnowAmt
Programmer's Name: Thomas Andretta Application # 91
Programmer's Site: (PIH ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-05-02
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This smart tool generates the snow amount from the QPF and ambient (dry bulb) temperature fields. It is based on the snow to liquid water conversion coefficients as a function of ambient temperature.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: QPF_2_SnowAmt2
Programmer's Name: Thomas Andretta Application # 379
Programmer's Site: (PIH ) Region: WR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2003-03-01
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This smart tool converts QPF to snow amount based on ambient temperature and the melt water equivalent to snow conversion table. The user can alter the control constants for each temperature threshold.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: QPF_Adjust4Terrain
Programmer's Name: David Elson Application # 927
Programmer's Site: (PQR ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2005-07-21
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This procedure allows the forecaster to enhance the QPF field based on wind direction, terrain aspect, and elevation.
Enhancements are made on upwind slopes, and lee side drying effects may also be applied. The amount of enhancement on upwind and lee sides is determined by the forecaster. The procedure can be configured to allow a downwind drift of the precipitation changes.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: QPF_check_vs_PoP
Programmer's Name: David Elson Application # 218
Programmer's Site: (PQR ) Region: WR
Version: 2.0
Version Date: 2003-11-08
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Sets the QPF to zero, for corresponding PoPs less than or equal to a user defined value (input through a GUI). Where the QPF is zero and the PoP exceeds the user defined threshold, the QPF is set to 0.01. This tool requires the availability of a PoP grid.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: QPFfmMaxPoPHrly
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 86
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-01-28
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Generate 6-hourly QPF from the highest corresponding hourly PoP.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: QPFfmPoP
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 60
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-01-25
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Generate 6-hourly QPF from 12-hour PoP.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: QPFfmQPFHrlySum
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 61
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-01-25
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Generates 6-hr QPF grid by summing hourly QPf values.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: QPF_from_PoP
Programmer's Name: Clay Anderson Application # 213
Programmer's Site: (EWX ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-11-08
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool basically combines David Elson's QPF_check_vs_PoP and Thomas Mazza's QPFfmMaxPoPHrly tools into a one-stop-shopping QPF tool.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: QPF_fromSnowAmt
Programmer's Name: Clay Anderson Application # 235
Programmer's Site: (EWX ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-11-08
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This numeric tool adjusts QPF grids based on SnowAmt grids and a user specified liquid water to snow ratio.
The forecaster should use this tool to ensure consistency between SnowAmt and QPF when he/she feels more comfortable/confident forecasting SnowAmt directly (via the contour tool or whatever) versus deriving SnowAmt from QPF.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: QPF_From_Wx
Programmer's Name: Chris Broyles Application # 313
Programmer's Site: (AMA ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-11-24
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool calculates QPF based on the weather type and intensity but also takes PoP into account. For example, light snow will generate approximately half the QPF that light rain will generate with the same PoP. In addition, light rain will generate approximately half the QPF that moderate rain will generate with the same PoP. Because weather type and intensity are taken into account, the result is much better than tools that only account for PoP. The tool will also prompt the forecaster to input a grid time span from 1 to 12 hours (in 1 hour increments). That way, the forecaster can adjust the magnitude of QPF that the tool will generate.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: QPF_From_Wx_12hr
Programmer's Name: Chris Broyles Application # 240
Programmer's Site: (AMA ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-11-24
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool calculates 12 hour QPF based on the weather type and intensity but also takes PoP into account. For example, light snow will generate approximately half the QPF that light rain will generate with the same PoP. In addition, light rain will generate approximately half the QPF that moderate rain will generate with the same PoP. Because weather type and intensity are taken into account, the result is much better than tools that only account for PoP.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: QPF_From_Wx_6hr
Programmer's Name: Chris Broyles Application # 241
Programmer's Site: (AMA ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-11-24
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool calculates 6 hour QPF based on the weather type and intensity but also takes PoP into account. For example, light snow will generate approximately half the QPF that light rain will generate with the same PoP. In addition, light rain will generate approximately half the QPF that moderate rain will generate with the same PoP. Because weather type and intensity are taken into account, the result is much better than tools that only account for PoP.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: QPF_from_WxPoP
Programmer's Name: Mike Buchanan Application # 435
Programmer's Site: Corpus Christi WFO (Corpus Christi, TX) (CRP ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-05-01
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool will produce QPF grids based upon the Wx and PoP grids. The user can accept the default settings that are internal to the tool or can choose the minimum and maximum QPF values that appear on the QPF grid. The tool works best when PoP values are in intervals of 1%.
Meteorological consistency is obtained by having the QPF, Wx and PoP grids be aligned.
This tool strives to achieve that consistency.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: QPF_from_WxPoP3hr
Programmer's Name: Mike Buchanan Application # 436
Programmer's Site: Corpus Christi WFO (Corpus Christi, TX) (CRP ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-05-01
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool has similar code to the QPF_from_WxPoP smart tool.
The main difference is that the internal settings of this tool will generate lower QPF values due to a smaller time range of 3 hours. This tool will produce QPF grids based upon the Wx and PoP3hr grids. The user can accept the default settings that are internal to the tool or can choose the minimum and maximum QPF values that appear on the QPF grid. The tool works best when PoP3hr values are in intervals of 1%. Meteorological consistency is obtained by having the QPF, Wx and PoP3hr grids be aligned. This tool strives to achieve that consistency.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: QPFHelper
Programmer's Name: Ken Pomeroy Application # 1183
Programmer's Site: Western Regional Headquarters (VHW ) Region: WR
Version: 1.21
Version Date: 2007-10-31
Type: Smart Tool
Description:
QPFHelper uses PRISM climatology to create more realistic QPF grids through a serp-like interface.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: QPFHelper
Programmer's Name: Ken Pomeroy Application # 1257
Programmer's Site: Western Regional Headquarters (VHW ) Region: WR
Version: 2.0.1
Version Date: 2008-08-01
Type: Smart Tool
Description: QPFHelper uses PRISM climatology to create more realistic QPF grids through a serp-like interface. New features in V2.0 are described in the documentation.
Languages:
Status: Testing
Documentation:
Program Name: QPFHrlyFmPoPHrly
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 85
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2002-01-28
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Generate hourly QPF from hourly PoP.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: QPFHrlyFmQPF
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 63
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-01-25
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Generate the hourly QPF grids by simply dividing corresponding 6-hr QPF grid values by 6.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: QPF_to_IceAccum
Programmer's Name: Brian Curran Application # 1199
Programmer's Site: (MAF ) Region: SR
Version: 2.0
Version Date: 2008-07-06
Type: Smart Tool
Description: QPF_to_IceAccum converts QPF to ice accumulation based on
user-defined percentage of QPF converted to ice. This tool
checks the Wx grid and populates the resultant IceAccum grid
with non-zero values if a freezing precipitation type is
present in the Wx grid. Also accounted within the conversion
is the expansion of water in its ice phase.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: query_and_assign
Programmer's Name: Michael Dutter Application # 407
Programmer's Site: (MQT ) Region: CR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-04-08
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This simple tool allows the user to select a range of values to keep. The tool then finds values outside that range, and assigns the \\"end point\\" values to those grid points outside the selected range.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Rain_Snow_Mix
Programmer's Name: Chris Broyles Application # 146
Programmer's Site: (AMA ) Region: SR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2002-04-08
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This smart tool allows the user to define five areas of precipitation with varying intensities. It allows the user to set thresholds for thunderstorms, rain, snow, freezing rain and sleet.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: RainSnow_sfcT
Programmer's Name: Peter Banacos Application # 1178
Programmer's Site: (BTV ) Region: ER
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2007-10-11
Type: Smart Tool
Description: The RainSnow_SfcT smart tool populates the weather grid based on corresponding PoPs and surface temperatures. It is useful in depicting precipitation types (snow, rain/snow, or rain) and their transition, in situations where the only above freezing air is located near the surface (i.e., there are no warm layers aloft). The tool also allows the user to choose precipitation intensity, and the option to include flurries or sprinkles at very low PoPs (i.e., < 14.5%). Note that the tool doesn’t address QPF or snow amount. Version 1.1 now allows convective probability or coverage wording options.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: RainSnow_sfcT
Programmer's Name: Peter Banacos Application # 1162
Programmer's Site: (BTV ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2007-08-03
Type: Smart Tool
Description: The RainSnow_SfcT smart tool populates the weather grid based on corresponding PoPs and surface temperatures. It is useful in depicting precipitation types (snow, rain/snow, or rain) and their transition, in situations where the only above freezing air is located near the surface (i.e., there are no warm layers aloft). The tool also allows the user to choose precipitation intensity, and the option to include flurries or sprinkles at very low PoPs (i.e., < 14.5%). Note that the tool doesn’t address QPF or snow amount.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Rain_Thunderstorm
Programmer's Name: Chris Broyles Application # 154
Programmer's Site: (AMA ) Region: SR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2002-04-08
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool allows the forecaster to assign two separate rain types with differing intensities based on user set thresholds.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: RedFlag
Programmer's Name: Ken Drozd Application # 1137
Programmer's Site: (ABQ ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2007-04-16
Type: Smart Tool
Description: The RedFlag tool compares Wind20ft grids and RH grids. It highlights areas where these grids simultaneously meet or exceed critical fire weather criteria. It requires the creation of a RedFlag grid within GFE. A procedure \"Red_or_Green\" can be used to run the RedFlag tool for a specified time period. This tool can be used to better ascertain exactly where critical fire weather conditions are forecast. Forecasters will more easily see which fire weather zones may need: 1) a headline in the FWF for a Fire Weather Watch or Red Flag Warning; 2) a mention of short duration critical fire weather conditions; 3) to be post edited to just below critical fire weather criteria.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Reduce_Mixing_Heights
Programmer's Name: Brian Smith Application # 704
Programmer's Site: (LZK ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-12-29
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This smart tool was designed to counteract high mixing height values produced by the GFS model. The forecaster must choose a threshold from 1 to 70 Percent, and the tool takes the mixing height value from the grid, multiplies it by its reduction factor, then subtracts that value from the initial mixing height value. Once that is obtained, the program returns the amended mixing height value to the grid.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Refresh_Grids
Programmer's Name: Brian Curran Application # 1028
Programmer's Site: (MAF ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2006-03-23
Type: Smart Tool
Description:
This procedure \\\"touches\\\" user-selected grids using Tim Barker's UpdateTime smart tool. The user can select the forecast period(s) over which the UpdateTime tool will run. Users also have the option to save these touched grids to the Official database and to send these grids to their ISC neighbors. CAUTION -- the ISC option is turned off by default. Users are encouraged to exercise discretion on how and when to send ISC grids to their neighbors as this may consume excessive bandwidth.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: RemoveHeadline
Programmer's Name: Eric Lau Application # 753
Programmer's Site: (HFO ) Region: PR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2004-03-17
Type: Smart Tool
Description:
Remove any specified Headline while leaving other headlines in.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: RemoveLocalHazards
Programmer's Name: Bill Goodman Application # 874
Programmer's Site: (OKX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2005-02-09
Type: Smart Tool
Description: A procedure in the Populate menu which removes selected hazards from Hazards grids in the active time range and edit area only. Differs from the baseline PlotLocalHazards procedure, which completely removes selected hazards from all grids.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: RemoveWx
Programmer's Name: Timothy Barker Application # 1252
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 1.2
Version Date: 2008-05-28
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Allows you to remove a particular weather string from any weather combination - leaving all other weather combinations intact. Works on an entire grid or an edit area. Version 1.2 fixes bug when weather combine mode is set on when tool runs, and removes outdated weather codes.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: RemoveWx
Programmer's Name: Timothy Barker Application # 222
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-11-05
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Allows you to remove a particular weather string from any weather combination - leaving all other weather combinations intact. Works on an entire grid or an edit area.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: RER Formatter
Programmer's Name: Josh Smith Application # 1260
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2008-10-24
Type: Text Formatter
Description: The RER formatter grabs any new individual record event reports and formats them into one RER product. For a number of reasons, many offices have started issuing one RER product for all their climate and COOP sites that report daily max, min temperatures or precipitation/snowfall.
Version 1.1 corrects an error with the headline generated by the AWIPS climate program. Now if a record is tied the headline will say “tied†instead of “setâ€.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: ReviewObsData
Programmer's Name: David Metze Application # 1140
Programmer's Site: (PUB ) Region: CR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2007-04-27
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This “tool” is designed to load Obs database temporary Weather Element grids under associated Fcst Weather Elements in the GFE’s Grid Manager. This saves forecasters the frustration of scrolling down to data below the “blue line” in the GFE’s Grid Manager. By placing the Obs database in temporary Weather Elements juxtaposed with associated Fcst Weather Elements, it is relatively easier to review the observational gridded database and not retreat from the current Fcst database.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: RFCQPF_JumpStarter
Programmer's Name: Ken Pomeroy Application # 1181
Programmer's Site: Western Regional Headquarters (VHW ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2007-10-24
Type: Smart Initialization
Description: This is a shell script manually runs the smartInit for RFCQPF grids. Since the RFCQPF data in AWIPS is continually updated as each RFC submits data, the traditional smart init process isn't effective. By running this script off of a cron, the RFCQPF grids in GFE should be continually mosaicked as new data arrives. It is recommended that you run this from a cron every 30 minutes or so.
Languages:
Status: Testing
Documentation:
Program Name: RFC QPF Procedure
Programmer's Name: Paul Jendrowski Application # 1184
Programmer's Site: (RNK ) Region: ER
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2007-11-07
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Procedure to populate RFC QPF grids from the RFCQPF D2D. This is needed because the QPF for each RFC is in a different variable in the D2D netCDF file. This procedure can be used instead of setting up a special smartInit for the RFC QPFs.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: RFD_bundle
Programmer's Name: Jeremy Martin Application # 1030
Programmer's Site: (GLD ) Region: CR
Version: 0.1
Version Date: 2006-04-01
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This is a set of tools, procedures and text formatters designed to create a gridded \"Rangeland Fire Danger\" product and associated text products. Tool currently is in testing mode and any feedback is appreciated.
Languages:
Status: Testing
Documentation:
Program Name: RH_by_User_Td
Programmer's Name: Thomas Earle Application # 441
Programmer's Site: (PDT ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-05-19
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Smart tool used to edit MinRH, MaxRH, or RH grids based upon a \"known\" dew point temperature. This tool was primarily created to handle drier air over the mid slopes and ridges above inversions; hence, it is best used with an edit area. The tool requires the dependent weather element (i.e., MinT, MaxT, or T) to be in its final form before executing the smart tool. For example, if you edit MinRH, MaxT will need to be in its final state.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: RH_Populate
Programmer's Name: Thomas Earle Application # 340
Programmer's Site: (PDT ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-12-10
Type: Procedure
Description: Creates RH grids from scratch and populates with data derived from Temperature and Dew Point using the RHTool smart tool.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: RidgeTopWinds
Programmer's Name: David Elson Application # 751
Programmer's Site: (PQR ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2004-03-15
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool allows the user to make changes to the Wind grid, but limits changes to grid boxes identified as being a ridgetop, and above a user set elevation. The basic idea is to be able to make simple adjustments to wind speed and direction on exposed ridgetops.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: RTMAinit
Programmer's Name: David Novak Application # 1161
Programmer's Site: (VUY ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2007-07-31
Type: Smart Initialization
Description: The Real-Time Mesoscale Analysis (RTMA) Smart Init allows display of the following RTMA fields in GFE:
temperature, dewpoint, winds, sky, and 1-hr precipitation (4km Stage II data regridded to 5km). This Smart Init should be superceeded by the baseline Smart Init in OB8.2.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: RWOnly_ArealCov
Programmer's Name: Matt Moreland Application # 303
Programmer's Site: (HGX ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-11-20
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Creates Wx grids with areal coverage (iso, sct, etc.) of -RW based on PoP.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: RWOnly_Categorical
Programmer's Name: Matt Moreland Application # 304
Programmer's Site: (HGX ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-11-20
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Creates Wx grids with categorical (SChc, Chc, Lkly, etc.) coverage of -RW based on PoP.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Sample_Zones
Programmer's Name: sten tjaden Application # 374
Programmer's Site: Eureka WFO (Eureka, CA) (EKA ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-02-23
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool makes quick sample of values of variableElement grid. Output is dialog box listing Max/Min values in edit areas sampled.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: SatAndRadar
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 1031
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2006-05-14
Type: Smart Tool
Description:
A suite of three tools to populate Sky from Visible and Infrared Satellite data, and PoP grids from Radar data. In addition, there is a procedure to extrapolate these features in time, which includes a tool that moves features by speed and direction of movement given.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Satellite
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 1153
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2007-05-26
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Satellite is a procedure and two tools which allow one to populate past (‘observed’) Sky grids from IR or visible Satellite imagery. A third tool, SmoothMore tool, written by Carl Dierking, has also been included as the procedure provides a smooth option.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Secondary Swell
Programmer's Name: David Elson Application # 824
Programmer's Site: (PQR ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2004-10-10
Type: Smart Tool
Description: The \"Secondary Swell\" procedure (consisting of 3
smarttools) is designed to break down an exising Swell grid into a Swell2 and a new Swell grid (representing primary Swell.) It also populates a Period2 grid, which corresponds to the period of Swell2. Swell heights are computed using the Pythagorean Seas rule, while secondary swell direction and period are user defined.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Select_EditAreas
Programmer's Name: Paul Jendrowski Application # 1247
Programmer's Site: (RNK ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2008-04-18
Type: Smart Tool
Description:
Presents a list of edit areas to choose from, then sets the edit area in GFE based on the selection. This is designed to provide something like a tearoff menu for the Edit Areas menu in GFE. Its not really a menu, but a list of edit areas in the Procedure GUI. The supplied procedure should be thought of as a template for you to make one or more custom edit area selection procedures.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Separate_Coverage_for_T
Programmer's Name: Brian Smith Application # 986
Programmer's Site: (LZK ) Region: SR
Version: 4.0
Version Date: 2005-12-07
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This smart tool creates weather grids based on the PoP grids. It was designed to allow the forecaster to choose a different coverage of thunder versus rain or showers.
This is configured for IFPS17. I've simplified the coding, and added many new attributes.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Separate_Coverage_for_T
Programmer's Name: Brian Smith Application # 845
Programmer's Site: (LZK ) Region: SR
Version: 3.0.2
Version Date: 2004-12-01
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This smart tool creates weather grids based on the PoP grids. It was designed to allow the forecaster to choose a different coverage of thunder versus rain or showers.
This is configured for IFPS16.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: serp
Programmer's Name: Timothy Barker Application # 755
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 1.12
Version Date: 2004-03-19
Type: Smart Tool
Description: New serp is MUCH faster and uses MUCH less memory than previous versions. Also, the grids created for certain spatial distributions of control points is much better behaved. Serp allows a user to specify new values or changes to be made at pre-secified sample points. Changes to the grid are fit to all the pre-specified points at the same time.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: serp_file
Programmer's Name: Timothy Barker Application # 625
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-10-16
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Same as the serp tool, except the location and values at the \"control points\" are specified in an ASCII file. Thus, this tool can be called in cron scripts, etc.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: serpInTime
Programmer's Name: Les Colin Application # 1170
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2007-09-06
Type: Smart Tool
Description:
Interpolates hourly scalar grids using the serp function in time. Also does limited extrapolation in time. Can be used as an alternative to the Interpolation by Gaps utility in GFE.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: serpISC
Programmer's Name: Les Colin Application # 997
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 1.8
Version Date: 2006-01-04
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Tool produces a seamless match of your grids (scalar or winds) with any or all of the corresponding grids produced by your ISC neighbors, including partial adjustments, adjustment by terrain elevation, and by edit area, provided your neighbors already pass NDFD consistency tests.
Version 1.8 self-aborts if neighboring borders are not sufficiently coordinated (i.e., exceed NDFD limits). Otherwise, version 1.8 has
all the features of previous versions, and the GUI is unchanged.
Tool works even after an ISC_Copy has been run, and optionally completes itself by running an ISC_Copy equivalent on the selected neighbors. Tool also has a \\\\\\\\"thinning\\\\\\\\" feature to speed up execution (especially at 2.5km resolution). Instead of matching every border point, it matches every 2nd point , or every 3rd point, etc.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: serpISC
Programmer's Name: Les Colin Application # 776
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 1.2
Version Date: 2004-07-10
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Produces a seamless match of your grids (scalar or winds) with any or all of the corresponding grids produced by your ISC neighbors. The tool treats each border point as a serp control point (there may be hundreds) and \\"serps\\" all the ISC differences into your CWA with no further user intervention (i.e., no slider bars are needed). Tool will also optionally preserve selected sample values within your CWA. Intended as a finishing step in grid coordination but can also be used for initialization. Tool can match neighbors one at a time or all neighbors at once. Optionally adjusts to match by terrain elevation.
New version handles duplicate sample points. New version allows for partial adjustment toward your neighbor's grid.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: serpISC
Programmer's Name: Les Colin Application # 1256
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 1.81
Version Date: 2008-06-28
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Exactly the same as version 1.8 except that it now works with OB8.3 as well as OB8.2.
Tool produces a seamless match of your grids (scalar or winds) with any or all of the corresponding grids produced by your ISC neighbors, including partial adjustments, adjustment by terrain elevation, and by edit area, provided your neighbors already pass NDFD consistency tests.
This version self-aborts if neighboring borders are not sufficiently coordinated (i.e., exceed NDFD limits). Otherwise, this version has
all the features of previous versions, and the GUI is unchanged.
Tool works even after an ISC_Copy has been run, and optionally completes itself by running an ISC_Copy equivalent on the selected neighbors. Tool also has a \\\\\\\\\"thinning\\\\\\\\\" feature to speed up execution (especially at 2.5km resolution). Instead of matching every border point, it matches every 2nd point , or every 3rd point, etc.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: SFC_T_POP_TO_WX
Programmer's Name: Jeremy Martin Application # 848
Programmer's Site: (FSD ) Region: CR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2004-12-07
Type: Smart Tool
Description:
Smart Tool that creates wx grids based on POP, T and user defined thresholds. Also allows secondary types of weather to be included.
Languages:
Status: Testing
Documentation:
Program Name: Showerize
Programmer's Name: Timothy Barker Application # 223
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-11-05
Type: Smart Tool
Description: A quick tool to change all instances of Rain to RainShowers and Snow to SnowShowers within an edit area, while leaving all other weather combinations and probability/coverage information unchanged.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: ShowISC
Programmer's Name: Timothy Barker Application # 1005
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 3.04
Version Date: 2006-01-23
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Modifies the default Show_ISC_xxx tools to be exactly equivalent to the new NDFD calculations (as of early 2006). Version 3.04 adds thresholds for WindChill, HeatIndex, and common non-standard parms like PoP12hr, QPF6hr, and SnowAmt6hr.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Shrink_Stretch
Programmer's Name: Timothy Barker Application # 803
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 1.5
Version Date: 2004-08-27
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Allows you to keep the spatial structure of a grid, but transform the min/max values on the grid to new values that you specify. For example, can change a complex PoP grid with values ranging from 20 to 80% into one ranging from 30 to 60% - keeping the exact spatial structure.
Version 1.5 now works with query edit areas
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Shrink_Stretch_Taper
Programmer's Name: Ryan Knutsvig Application # 691
Programmer's Site: (LKN ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-11-19
Type: Smart Tool
Description: The user inputs the new minimum and maximum for the edit area as well as the taper width. There will be problems if an edit area is not created. This code is taken from Tim Barker's original Shrink_Stretch smart tool. The same principles apply to this tool. The only difference is the taper function. This function will apply a weighted adjustment to the edges so the edges are adjusted only a fraction compared to the original grid. I have found this tool to be the most useful with Pop, although it is useful with a lot with other variables.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Shrink_Stretch_Taper
Programmer's Name: Ryan Knutsvig Application # 733
Programmer's Site: (LKN ) Region: WR
Version: 2.0
Version Date: 2004-01-26
Type: Smart Tool
Description: The user inputs the new minimum and maximum for the edit area as well as the taper width. There will be problems if an edit area is not created. This code is taken from Tim Barker's original Shrink_Stretch smart tool. The same principles apply to this tool. The only differences are the taper function and the mean calculation. This function will apply a weighted adjustment to the edges so the edges are adjusted only a fraction compared to the original grid. I have found this tool to be the most useful with Pop (especially in complex terrain), although it is useful with a lot with other variables. The new feature is the mean calculation. This tool will calculate the mean over the edit area (or whole area). This mean should be what the text formatters (e.g. ZFP) will see as the mean. The grid size is currently calculated using Topo.shape.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Shrink_Wind_Dir
Programmer's Name: Ryan Knutsvig Application # 996
Programmer's Site: (LKN ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2006-01-03
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool will adjust wind directions toward a target direction based on user input. Instead of backing or veering the winds, this tool will execute both, by backing and veering the winds toward the target wind direction.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: SigSvr_Parameter
Programmer's Name: Eric Evenson Application # 964
Programmer's Site: (BTV ) Region: ER
Version: 1.3
Version Date: 2005-10-12
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Tool modified to meet IFPS 16 site code issue.
The SigSvr SmartTool can be utilized to assess the potential for a meteorological environment conducive to producing significant severe weather, and then assign attributes to the Wx grid. The tool emulates the Craven SigSvr formula, but with one modification. The CAPE used is the surface based (SFC) CAPE as the only mean layer CAPE in the Eta and MesoEta is in the lowest 180 mb. Remember the Craven study used a 100 mb mean layer, so the resulting values of this tool may be higher. The SigSvr SmartTool therefore is as follows:
SigSvr=(SFC CAPE J/kg)*(0-6km shear m/s)
The 0-6km shear value, which is not density weighted, is calculated by adding the magnitudes of 50 mb layers from the wind 10 meters above the ground to the 500 mb level.
If the SigSvr formula is greater than or equal to 20,000 the tool will generate a weather grid that adds user defined attributes of Damaging Winds and Large Hail or Gusty Winds and Hail to the thunderstorm weather string. If Damaging Winds and Large Hail is selected as an attribute, T+ will be coded to represent a severe thunderstorm. A GUI allows the user to ability to decide which model to use and if the qualifying terms should be in uncertainty or areal coverage terms. The qualifiers are determined from the user’s PoP grid. If the SCP is less than 20,000, thunderstorms with no attributes will be assigned where the PoP field is greater than or equal to 15.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: SigSvr_Parameter
Programmer's Name: Eric Evenson Application # 1124
Programmer's Site: (BTV ) Region: ER
Version: 1.4
Version Date: 2007-03-15
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Tool modified for IFPS 17 code changes. Updated model names and added the GFS40.
The SigSvr SmartTool can be utilized to assess the potential for a meteorological environment conducive to producing significant severe weather, and then assign attributes to the Wx grid. The tool emulates the Craven SigSvr formula, but with one modification. The CAPE used is the surface based (SFC) CAPE as the only mean layer CAPE in the NAM, GFS and RUC is in the lowest 180 mb. Remember the Craven study used a 100 mb mean layer, so the resulting values of this tool may be higher. The SigSvr SmartTool therefore is as follows:
SigSvr=(SFC CAPE J/kg)*(0-6km shear m/s)
The 0-6km shear value, which is not density weighted, is calculated by adding the magnitudes of 50 mb layers from the wind 10 meters above the ground to the 500 mb level.
If the SigSvr formula is greater than or equal to 20,000 the tool will generate a weather grid that adds user defined attributes of Damaging Winds and Large Hail or Gusty Winds and Hail to the thunderstorm weather string. If Damaging Winds and Large Hail is selected as an attribute, T+ will be coded to represent a severe thunderstorm. A GUI allows the user to ability to decide which model to use and if the qualifying terms should be in uncertainty or areal coverage terms. The qualifiers are determined from the user’s PoP grid. If the SCP is less than 20,000, thunderstorms with no attributes will be assigned where the PoP field is greater than or equal to 15.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Sky_Adjust
Programmer's Name: Chris Broyles Application # 314
Programmer's Site: (AMA ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-12-01
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool makes an adjustment to sky from the model that lessens the gradient from 0 to 100. The output is much easier to work with than the raw model data.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Sky_Adjust_Input
Programmer's Name: Chris Broyles Application # 331
Programmer's Site: (AMA ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-12-01
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This smart tool is a modification of Sky_Adjust. It adjusts the sky grids
generated by the model to make the sky values reasonable. It allows the
forecaster to input a starting value and a slope to adjust the model data by. For example, if the starting value inputted is 25, the tool raises all 0 sky values up to 25. Then it starts a linear adjustment (at 25) based on the slope desired. Any adjustment can be made, however, the most useful
adjustment moderates the overdone model sky gradients and raises the values
at the low end.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Sky_Fast
Programmer's Name: Thomas Andretta Application # 110
Programmer's Site: (PIH ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-05-02
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This smart tool generates the sky cover element from the weather element.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Sky_Fm_MarineLyr
Programmer's Name: Benjamin Moyer Application # 265
Programmer's Site: (LOX ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-10-08
Type: Smart Tool
Description: A simple tool that assigns 100% cloud cover to areas within the user-defined marine layer depth.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: SkyFmModelRH
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 64
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-01-25
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Allows one to generate sky grids off model RH field.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: SkyFmModelRH85
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 203
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-07-02
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Computes Sky from D2D 850MB RH field from model chosen by user at runtime. User also enters minimum cloud amt/corresponding RH pair and maximum cloud amt/corresponding RH pair, and has the option to enter an intermediate pair.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: SkyFmModelRH92
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 202
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-07-02
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Computes Sky from D2D 925MB RH field from model chosen by user at runtime. User also enters minimum cloud amt/corresponding RH pair and maximum cloud amt/corresponding RH pair, and has the option to enter an intermediate pair.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: SkyFmmodelRHa
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 204
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-07-02
Type: Procedure
Description: Computes Sky from D2D 850MB, 700MB and 500MB RH fields from model chosen by user at runtime. User also enters minimum cloud amt/corresponding RH pair and maximum cloud amt/corresponding RH pair, and has the option to enter an intermediate pair. Script uses smart tools SkyFmModelRH85, SkyPlusSkyFmModelRH70 and SkyPlusSkyFmModelRH50. This could be used for longer range models inwhich a limited number of pressure levels are available.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: SkyFmModelRHpickLevels
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 1131
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2007-03-23
Type: Smart Tool
Description: The newest and most versatile of the SkyFmModelRH... tools I have here, this populates Sky based on model RH, but lets the user pick one or more levels at a time, and has an option to only chnage the output where it is greater than in the existing Sky grids.
Model options include local models.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: SkyFmModelRHs
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 205
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-07-02
Type: Procedure
Description: Computes Sky from D2D 925, 850, 800, 700, 600, 500 and 400MB RH fields from model chosen by user at runtime. User also enters minimum cloud amt/corresponding RH pair and maximum cloud amt/corresponding RH pair, and has the option to enter an intermediate pair. Script uses smart tools SkyFmModelRH92, SkyPlusSkyFmModelRH85, SkyPlusSkyFmModelRH70 ... SkyPlusSkyFmModelRH40. This is intended for shorter range models, for which all of these levels are available.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: SkyFmPoP
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 65
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-01-25
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Crude Sky from PoP algorthm in which factor of your choice is added to or multiplied by the PoP, your choice, to arrive at the sky cover, with a maximum of 100, of course.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: SkyFmPoPHrly
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 66
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-01-25
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Crude Sky from PoPHrly algorthm in which factor of your choice is added to or multiplied by the PoPHrly, your choice, to arrive at the sky cover, with a maximum of 100, of course.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: SkyFmRHTool
Programmer's Name: Dennis Gettman Application # 695
Programmer's Site: (MFR ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-12-08
Type: Smart Tool
Description:
Tool allows you to create Sky grids from the RH at a single level or the RH through a specified layer. Combines the attributes of several Sky from RH tools into one.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Sky_from_RH_and_Omega
Programmer's Name: Paul Stanko Application # 1150
Programmer's Site: (GUM ) Region: PR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2007-05-17
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Uses model RH and omega grids to represent a guess at a model cloud field. Most tools use RH, but of course, clouds require more than moisture, they also require upward vertical motion. This tool makes an attempt to involve that variable in its depiction of sky cover.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: SkyInit
Programmer's Name: Ted Ryan Application # 1236
Programmer's Site: (FWD ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2008-03-18
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Does a satellite based initialization of sky grids with no user input. Tool looks at Visible, IR, and Fog
channel and uses all or a combintaion of the 3 to produce a reasonable sky init grid. IR logic uses forecast temperature grids to \\"see\\" the clouds in all regimes.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Sky_plus_MarineLyr
Programmer's Name: Greg Martin Application # 268
Programmer's Site: (SGX ) Region: WR
Version: 2.1
Version Date: 2003-05-09
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool creates sky cover due to the marine layer. This could also be adapted to use anywhere clouds are banked up against mountains. This tool superimposes marine layer sky cover on top of existing sky cover taking the greater of the two where there is overlap. Version 1.1 adds an option to replace the existing sky cover rather than just superimposing if greater.
Areal coverage is based on the top of the marine layer with percentage cloud coverage based on inversion strength.
Updated to version 2.0 April 2003 to add scalable inversion strength.
This tool is designed to be used in conjunction with input from procedures Make_MarineLyr and/or Make_MarineLyr_Sky
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: SkyPlusSkyFmModelRH
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 67
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-01-25
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Allows one to generate sky grids off model RH field. The higher of the tool output and original Sky value is output, so one can generate Sky grids from multiple RH levels.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: SkyPlusSkyFmModelRH40
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 211
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-07-02
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Computes Sky from D2D 400MB RH field and model chosen by user at runtime. User also enters minimum cloud amt/corresponding RH pair and maximum cloud amt/corresponding RH pair, and has the option to enter an intermediate pair. Output is higher of original value and result of tool.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: SkyPlusSkyFmModelRH50
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 210
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-07-02
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Computes Sky from D2D 500MB RH field and model chosen by user at runtime. User also enters minimum cloud amt/corresponding RH pair and maximum cloud amt/corresponding RH pair, and has the option to enter an intermediate pair. Output is higher of original value and result of tool.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: SkyPlusSkyFmModelRH60
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 209
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-07-02
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Computes Sky from D2D 600MB RH field and model chosen by user at runtime. User also enters minimum cloud amt/corresponding RH pair and maximum cloud amt/corresponding RH pair, and has the option to enter an intermediate pair. Output is higher of original value and result of tool.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: SkyPlusSkyFmModelRH70
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 208
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-07-02
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Computes Sky from D2D 700MB RH field and model chosen by user at runtime. User also enters minimum cloud amt/corresponding RH pair and maximum cloud amt/corresponding RH pair, and has the option to enter an intermediate pair. Output is higher of original value and result of tool.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: SkyPlusSkyFmModelRH80
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 206
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-07-02
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Computes Sky from D2D 800MB RH field and model chosen by user at runtime. User also enters minimum cloud amt/corresponding RH pair and maximum cloud amt/corresponding RH pair, and has the option to enter an intermediate pair. Output is higher of original value and result of tool.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: SkyPlusSkyFmModelRH85
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 207
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-07-02
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Computes Sky from D2D 850MB RH field and model chosen by user at runtime. User also enters minimum cloud amt/corresponding RH pair and maximum cloud amt/corresponding RH pair, and has the option to enter an intermediate pair. Output is higher of original value and result of tool.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Sky_Revert
Programmer's Name: Chris Broyles Application # 316
Programmer's Site: (AMA ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-11-24
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool reverts the adjustment made by the Sky_Adjust smart tool.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Sky_SmartInit
Programmer's Name: Greg Martin Application # 1114
Programmer's Site: (SGX ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2007-02-05
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool generates sky cover based on the same equations as Chuck Myers’s Des Moines Sky SmartInits. This allows one to retain baseline or other desired sky cover SmartInits, then generate sky cover from an alternate sky cover \"SmartInit\" on the fly.
In addition, this tool contains a scaling factor that multiplies the sky cover generated by these equations by 0 to 200 percent. This applies scaling that may help to mesh Sky with adjacent offices. The Shrink_Stretch_Taper tool may also be used for a similar purpose to massage the sky cover generated by this tool.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Sky_up_by_elevation
Programmer's Name: Brian Brong Application # 167
Programmer's Site: (REV ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-05-10
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Increases Sky above a Base elevation, by a Sky Delta, for every Elevation Delta feet (default 1000 feet) above the base elevation. User enters Sky delta, base elevation and elevation delta. Tool is useful to assign clouds that develop over and/or along mountains.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: SkyVsPoP_Summer
Programmer's Name: Matt Moreland Application # 300
Programmer's Site: (HGX ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-11-20
Type: Smart Tool
Description: SmartTool which computes simplified sky coverage based on PoP for summer in southeast Texas.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: SkyVsPoP_Winter
Programmer's Name: Matt Moreland Application # 301
Programmer's Site: (HGX ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-11-20
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Computes simplified sky coverage based on PoP for the cool season in southeast Texas.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: SlopeWinds
Programmer's Name: David Elson Application # 793
Programmer's Site: (PQR ) Region: WR
Version: 1.3
Version Date: 2004-08-19
Type: Smart Tool
Description: A tool designed to simulate terrain-driven winds in complex terrain. Can be used to generate pure upslope or downslope winds, or the upslope/downslope winds can be combined with the previously existing wind field. Requires the input of Wind and Sky grids.
There are eight configurable variables that can be adjusted in the code: maximum upslope and downslope speeds, and an upper speed threshold for the exisiting Wind grid at which point upslope or downslope winds are not generated if running to generate pure upslope or downslope winds. v1.3 adds configurable variables which allow for lighter upslope effects on slopes receiving less solar insolation, and for limiting slopewinds to grids meeting set max and min slope criteria.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Smart_Weather
Programmer's Name: Jeffrey Fournier Application # 1121
Programmer's Site: Tallahassee WFO (Tallahassee, FL) (TAE ) Region: SR
Version: 1.2
Version Date: 2007-02-22
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Uses model forecast CAPE, shear, and temperature profiles to determine weather type. v1.2 uses the Top-Down Method (instead of the nomogram method) to distinguish between liquid and non liquid precipitation. The tool uses model CAPE and shear to compute the Craven number, which is quite helpful at assessing the severe weather threat.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Snow
Programmer's Name: Chris Broyles Application # 147
Programmer's Site: (AMA ) Region: SR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2002-04-08
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This smart tool allows the forecaster to assign two separate snow types with differing intensities based on user set thresholds.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Snow_Accumulation
Programmer's Name: Jason Schaumann Application # 1168
Programmer's Site: (SGF ) Region: CR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2008-02-19
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Assigns a snow accumulation using a user assigned percentage of the QPF grid and user assigned snow to liquid ratio. This tool also gives the user an option for snow accumulation from mixed precipitation. Other options include cutoff temperatures and cutoff POPS.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Snow_Accumulation
Programmer's Name: Jason Schaumann Application # 1229
Programmer's Site: (SGF ) Region: CR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2008-02-19
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Assigns a snow accumulation using a user assigned percentage of the QPF grid and user assigned snow to liquid ratio. This tool also gives the user an option for accumulation from snow or sleet with a mix. Other options include cutoff temperatures and cutoff POPS. The latest version will now output accumulation for weather grids containing just sleet.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: SnowAmtFmSnowAmtHrly
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 68
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-01-25
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Compute 6-hr snow amounts by adding up the six corresponding one-hour snow amount grids.\"
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: SnowAmt_fromQPF
Programmer's Name: Clay Anderson Application # 940
Programmer's Site: (EWX ) Region: SR
Version: 2.0
Version Date: 2005-08-23
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This numeric tool creates values in SnowAmt grids where snow is forecast based on corresponding QPF/WX grids and a user specified liquid water to snow ratio.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: SnowAmt_fromQPF
Programmer's Name: Clay Anderson Application # 236
Programmer's Site: (EWX ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-11-08
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This numeric tool creates SnowAmt grids where snow is forecast based on QPF and a user specified liquid water to snow ratio.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: SnowAmt_from_QPF_and_Thickness
Programmer's Name: Brian Hurley Application # 1287
Programmer's Site: (AKQ ) Region: ER
Version: 1.4
Version Date: 2009-01-28
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This smart tool produces a SnowAmt grid based from the QPF grid and derived snow-to-water ratios (product of both). Snow-to-water ratios are determined from the 850-700 mb layer thickness forecast. NOTE: Version 1.4 of this smart tool derives snow-water equivalent ratios from 850-700 mb thickness grids in the GFE elements database (�ThickH85toH70�). For instructions on adding thickness grids in GFE, please refer to the configuration change notes in the appendices attached to both the user and intall documentation.
The linear relationship between snow-to-water ratios and 850-700 mb thicknesses used in this smart tool was derived from a local study at WFO Wakefield.
SnowAmt_from_QPF_&_Thickness also incorporates an optional reduction adjustment factor, selectable at the user's option, designed to lower snow amounts based on near surface warming (melting) independent of the 850-700 mb thickness or thermal profile. The reduction factor is a fixed value, and is multiplied along with both the QPF and derived snow-to-water ratio to yield a SnowAmt grid. The SnowAmt grids are returned to GFE only where snow or a mixture of snow and sleet is present in the weather (Wx) grids. This smart tool will not assign snow amounts to grids where sleet, mixed sleet and freezing rain, mixed snow and rain, or mixed snow, sleet, and freezing rain are forecsted concurrently.
*** UPDATE FOR VERSION 1.4 Added SnowAmt to areas in areas with just sleet, though with a higher reduction factor than with snow/sleet mixed.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: SnowAmt_QPFRatio_Layers
Programmer's Name: rmurphy Application # 528
Programmer's Site: (BGM ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-11-06
Type: Smart Tool
Description: SnowAmt_QPFRatio_Layers
The IFPS/GFE build used to develop the tool - 11.4
Edits: QPF and SnowAmt grids.
Purpose: This Tool will take the corresponding QPF grids and produce a SnowAmt grid based on the users input of liquid to snow ratio. The user has the option to select a layer where the ratio is to be applied. This allows users to
produce varied snow amounts for mountainous areas.
Usage: By default the elevation option is NOT used (set to \\"NO\\"). To adjust the
SnowAmt for different elevations, select \\"YES\\" in the tool GUI. Then select the
top and bottom layer (ft) of interest and click on Run. The result is cumulative, so that a layering effect is produced.
Limitations: The tool only uses QPF and does not assess the Wx or T grids. Thus to assure internal grid consistency forecasters will need to make sure that conditions are supportive for snow. A site may have to change the default Bottom and Top elevations in the smarttool for their forecast area. This changes can be made in the Variable List section of the tool.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: SnowAmt_SnowFzLvl
Programmer's Name: Greg Martin Application # 1113
Programmer's Site: (SGX ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2007-02-04
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool combines features of the \"SnowAmt_SmartTool\" (snow ratio based on hourly temperatures) and \"SnowAmt_fm_QPF\" (snow ratio based on user-specified value) tools for determining an initial snow ratio.
This snow ratio is multiplied by the QPF to determine an initial value for SnowAmt. The final SnowAmt value is modified based on the values in the FzLevel and SnowLevel grids. Above the freezing level (value in the FzLevel grid), SnowAmt is set to 100 percent of the initial SnowAmt value. Below the snow level (value in the SnowLevel grid), SnowAmt is set to zero. Between the snow level and freezing level, SnowAmt is linearly scaled from 0 percent of the initial SnowAmt value at the snow level to 100 percent of the initial SnowAmt value at the freezing level.
Finally, SnowAmt is set to zero below a user-specified PoP (15 to 60 with a default of 50).
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: SnowAmtTool
Programmer's Name: Brian Brong Application # 369
Programmer's Site: (REV ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-11-06
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Tool provides consistency between SnowAmt, SnowLevel and PoP. SnowAmt is only defined where SnowLevel < Topo and PoP > 50 (or any desired threshold). T grids are used to define a QPF to SnowAmt ratio.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: snowCoverage
Programmer's Name: Thomas Earle Application # 970
Programmer's Site: (PDT ) Region: WR
Version: 1.03
Version Date: 2006-01-27
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool is designed to help in the decision process of issuing watches, advisories, or warnings pertaining to snowfall amounts and elevations. It lists the advisory and warning elevations and their respective snowfall amounts.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: SnowDog
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 69
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-01-25
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Compute hourly snowfall rate based on hourly temeprature and hourly QPF.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Snowfall_Amount
Programmer's Name: Chris Broyles Application # 312
Programmer's Site: (AMA ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-11-24
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool calculates snowfall amounts based on QPF when snow is forecast. The forecaster inputs the rain-snow ratio which the calculation is based.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Snowfall_map
Programmer's Name: Linda Engebretson Application # 1228
Programmer's Site: (DVN ) Region: CR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2008-02-11
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This Procedure, Smart tool, and web page script group is used to produce snowfall maps for Internet web pages.
This grouping includes a few tools that already existed on the Smart Tool repository. I adapted these tools for our use, and then used them as a jumping off point to write two more tools for our purposes.
This tool group takes data from LSR products, RTP products, and manual input to produce a snowfall map within GFE. This map is then made into a PNG image and sent to the web for inclusion into an internet story.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: SnowLevelCmplxTrrn
Programmer's Name: Paul Frisbie Application # 1023
Programmer's Site: (GJT ) Region: CR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2006-03-06
Type: Smart Tool
Description:
Creates a snow level grid by using model thickness data and surface temperature grids. If the surface temperature grid values are low enough, the snow level will be adjusted if needed. The forecaster can change the snow level by using a slider bar by choosing a desired rain/snow line temperature.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: SnowLevel_from_Topo
Programmer's Name: Thomas Earle Application # 339
Programmer's Site: (PDT ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-12-10
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool sets the SnowLevel equal to the grid elevation (i.e., ground level). Best used with an edit area.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Snow_Level_Tool
Programmer's Name: jim Fischer Application # 168
Programmer's Site: (REV ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-05-19
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool produces and snow level based on equation specified by the user from a model specified by user. It assumes you have a weather element defined as SnwLevel. The equations were developed based on snow level table used in Tuscon AZ and are mainly for western mountain areas.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Snow_match_FzLevel
Programmer's Name: timothy barker Application # 14
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-11-05
Type: Smart Tool
Description: A numeric version of the standard tool that changes Rain to Snow (and vice versa) when the elevation is above the freezing level.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: snow_obs
Programmer's Name: Les Colin Application # 858
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2004-12-29
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Creates a snowfall grid from LSR data, after the lsr_display tool has been run. The tool runs a variation of serp that fits all the sample data in the lsrsamps sample-set (which came from the lsr_display tool).
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: snow_obs
Programmer's Name: Les Colin Application # 1011
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2006-02-06
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Creates a snowfall grid from LSR data, after the lsr_display tool has been run. The tool runs a variation of serp that fits all the sample data in the lsrsamps sample-set (which came from the lsr_display tool). New version allows for and averages multiple data entries in the same grid cell.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: SPOTBURN_IFPS16.2
Programmer's Name: Jeremy Martin Application # 854
Programmer's Site: (GLD ) Region: CR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2005-03-10
Type: Text Formatter
Description: FIXED PREVIOUS BUGS in HEADLINE GENERATION AND USE OUTLOOKS OPTIONS.
Updated version of IFPS 15 text formatter, which is now compatible with IFPS 16. User selects a Lat/Lon combination and various time options and formatter returns a Spot Burn forecast for that location. Provides Out put in 3 hourly increments for 12, 24 or 36 hours in tabular format.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: SR_QPF_Populate
Programmer's Name: Clay Anderson Application # 1262
Programmer's Site: (EWX ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2008-07-21
Type: Smart Tool
Description: A simple modification of Tom Mazza's HPCQPFLatest to be used at all SR WFOs in new SR QPF Policy.
Languages:
Status: Planned
Documentation:
Program Name: StagIndex
Programmer's Name: Stephen Miller Application # 219
Programmer's Site: (MOB ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-07-26
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool calculates a Stagnation Index (for the MS FWF in this case) using the beginning, middle and end times available for a 12hr stag index grid
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: StagIndex_UsrETA
Programmer's Name: Stephen Miller Application # 220
Programmer's Site: (MOB ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-07-26
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool will calculate the MS FWF StagIndex using user grids for winds/qpf, and ETA for the rest.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Stats_RIW
Programmer's Name: Ryan Knutsvig Application # 734
Programmer's Site: (LKN ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2004-01-26
Type: Smart Tool
Description: The tool will return a GUI with the statistics and will close by clicking on \"Ok\" or \"Cancel\". The grid will not be changed. The statistics are as follows: Mean, Absolute Mean, Standard Deviation, and the Mean +/- Standard Deviation. Stats can be calculated for an edit area as well as the whole grid.
The standard deviation is a sample standard deviation using N-1 in the denominator. It will be
handy when assessing the absolute error and bias in an error grid (a grid calculated by comparing
'matchobsall' observational data to the forecast grids and creating a work grid). The tool can also be used to determine what text formatters will see as the mean as well as the values +/- 1 standard deviation from that mean.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Storm_Attributes
Programmer's Name: Eric Evenson Application # 962
Programmer's Site: (BTV ) Region: ER
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2005-10-11
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This is an updated version of the Storm_Attributes Version 1.0. The Storm_Attributes SmartTool allows the user the ability to assign attributes to the weather grid. The tool does not apply any scientific techniques, it simply assigns arbitrary attributes assigned by the user. Attributes include such items as hail, damaging or gusty winds, heavy rain, and severe thunderstorms. A GUI is available to select the coverage (Uncertainty or Areal), the precipitation coding (Thunderstorms or Showers and Thunderstorms), and the storm attribute you wish to assign.
The PoP field must be completed first to correctly assign the precipitation coverage. In addition, if choosing Showers and Thunderstorms for the precipitation coding, the showers (RW) will be heavy (+) for any severe thunderstorm attributes selected, moderate (m) for multiple attributes such as gusty winds and hail, and light (-) for single attributes.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Storm_Attributes
Programmer's Name: eric Application # 515
Programmer's Site: (BTV ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-08-17
Type: Smart Tool
Description: The Storm_Attributes SmartTool allows the user the ability to assign attributes to the weather grid. The tool does not apply any scientific techniques, it simply assigns arbitrary attributes assigned by the user. Attributes include such items as hail, damaging or gusty winds, heavy rain, and severe thunderstorms. A GUI is available to select the coverage (Uncertainty or Areal), the precipitation coding (Thunderstorms or Showers and Thunderstorms), and the storm attribute you wish to assign.
The PoP field must be completed first to correctly assign the precipitation coverage. In addition, if choosing Showers and Thunderstorms for the precipitation coding, the showers (RW) will be heavy (+) for any severe thunderstorm attributes selected, moderate (m) for multiple attributes such as gusty winds and hail, and light (-) for single attributes.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: StormTotal
Programmer's Name: Paul Jendrowski Application # 853
Programmer's Site: (RNK ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2004-12-21
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Sums individual QPF, SnowAmt, IceAccum grids into a storm total grid. The output grid can be a grid created on the fly, StormTotalSnow, or any other locally configured grid for the storm total. Allows any active time range and does not required the grids to be summed to have any specific duration.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: StormTotalSnow
Programmer's Name: William Rasch Application # 856
Programmer's Site: (BYZ ) Region: WR
Version: 3.1
Version Date: 2004-12-24
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Latest version of StormTotal tool that reads snowamt grids and puts sum on StormTotal Grid. This version doesn't care what duration your SnowAmt grids are.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: StormTotalSnow
Programmer's Name: William Rasch Application # 739
Programmer's Site: (BYZ ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2004-02-13
Type: Smart Tool
Description:
To be used with StormTotalSnow Grid. Calculates snow total over user defined times.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: StormTotalSnow
Programmer's Name: William Rasch Application # 822
Programmer's Site: (BYZ ) Region: WR
Version: 2.0
Version Date: 2004-10-03
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Reads user selected SnowAmt grids to calculate StormTotal grid.
Languages:
Status: Planned
Documentation:
Program Name: StormTotalSnow
Programmer's Name: William Rasch Application # 975
Programmer's Site: (BYZ ) Region: WR
Version: 3.0
Version Date: 2005-11-29
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Reads user selected SnowAmt grids to calculate StormTotal grid. Version 3 has option to turn off some check in the tool as well as slider bar as to what value of pop to start reading snow amount at.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: StormTotalSnow
Programmer's Name: William Rasch Application # 855
Programmer's Site: (BYZ ) Region: WR
Version: 3.0
Version Date: 2004-12-23
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Latest version of StormTotal tool that reads snowamt grids and puts sum on StormTotal Grid. This version doesn't care what duration your SnowAmt grids are.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Stratify
Programmer's Name: Thomas Earle Application # 371
Programmer's Site: (PDT ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-02-20
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool converts convective showers (i.e., RW and SW) to stratiform precipitation (i.e., R and S).
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Stratus_fm_Model
Programmer's Name: Greg Martin Application # 418
Programmer's Site: (SGX ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-04-10
Type: Procedure
Description: This procedure executes the Stratus_from_Model tool.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Stratus_from_Model
Programmer's Name: Greg Martin Application # 417
Programmer's Site: (SGX ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-04-10
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool generates sky cover for coastal stratus using the surface relative humidity from the MesoEta or WsEta models.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Stratus_ReverseClear
Programmer's Name: Greg Martin Application # 416
Programmer's Site: (SGX ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-04-10
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool generates sky cover for coastal stratus for \"reverse clearing\" situations in which coastal clearing occurs faster than inland clearing.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Stratus_Reverse_Clear
Programmer's Name: Greg Martin Application # 415
Programmer's Site: (SGX ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-04-10
Type: Procedure
Description: This procedure executes the Stratus_ReverseClear tool.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Stratus_SkyWx
Programmer's Name: Greg Martin Application # 412
Programmer's Site: (SGX ) Region: WR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2003-05-09
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This procedure executes the Sky_plus_MarineLyr and Wx_MarineLyr tools. These tools create sky and wx for coastal stratus based on user inputs of inversion height, cloud base, and inversion strength. This procedure replaces the Make_MarineLyr, Make_MarineLyr_Sky, and Make_MarineLyr_Wx procedures. Update May 2003 to add option to replace all sky cover
instead of superimposing on existing sky cover where greater as well as add a user-adjustable threshold for generating drizzle
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: STRC WRF EMS Ingest Scripts
Programmer's Name: pablo santos Application # 1034
Programmer's Site: (MFL ) Region: SR
Version: 2.0
Version Date: 2006-04-18
Type: Smart Initialization
Description: This package contains instructions on how to ingest the STRC WRF EMS into AWIPS and Smart Init it in to GFE. Ingest templates are provided.
See WRF_to_AWIPS_Instruc.doc for details with accompanying wrf_ingest_files.tar.gz.
Additionally I am including instructions on how to localize and create LAPS WRF initialization grids in AWIPS for a WRF Hot Start. See Instructions_on_how_to_Localize_LAPS.doc with accompanying lapsprep.tar.gz.
Languages:
Status: Testing
Documentation:
Program Name: Summarize_Spot
Programmer's Name: Timothy Barker Application # 764
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2004-04-08
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Fixes a small bug in versio 1.0 which sampled the wrong surrounding points.
Makes a table of parameters at a specified latitude/longitude point (and surrounding points) from both observed and forecast grids. Table can be printed. Helpful when formulating a spot forecast.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Supercell_Composite_Parameter
Programmer's Name: Eric Evenson Application # 1125
Programmer's Site: (BTV ) Region: ER
Version: 1.4
Version Date: 2007-03-15
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Tool modified to meet IFPS 17 site code requirements.
Recent research by members of the Storm Prediction Center (SPC) indicated utility in the use of a product called the Supercell Composite Parameter (SCP). This technique is intended to help operational forecasters in their efforts to discriminate between supercell and non-supercell environments. The Supercell_Composite_Parameter SmartTool uses the findings from the Thompson, Edwards, and Hart (2002) paper to develop this tool. The tool collects the model forecast fields of surface CAPE, 0-3km Helicity, and surface to 500 mb wind data (to calculate a 0-6km mean shear value). The 0-6km mean shear value, which is not density weighted, is calculated by adding the magnitudes of 50 mb layers from the wind 10 meters above the ground to the 500 mb level. Using their database, the authors of the SCP calculated a normalized value for 0-6km shear (15 m/s). In addition, the SCP formula uses the most unstable CAPE (MUCAPE), but the CAPE used for this tool is surface based. As a result, some discrepancy in CAPE values can occur. For this smart tool, the SCP formula is as follows:
SCP = (SFC CAPE/1000 Jkg-1) * (0-3km SRH/100 m2s-2) * (0-6km shear/15 m/s)
If the SCP is greater than 1, the tool will generate a weather grid that adds user defined attributes of winds and hail to the thunderstorm weather string (Damaging Winds and Large Hail or Gusty Winds and Hail). If Damaging Winds and Large Hail is selected as an attribute, T+ will be coded to represent a severe thunderstorm. A GUI allows the user to ability to decide if the qualifying terms should be in uncertainty or areal coverage terms. The qualifiers are determined from the user’s PoP grid. If the SCP is less than 1, thunderstorms with no attributes will be plotted where the PoP is greater than or equal to 15.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Supercell_Composite_Parameter
Programmer's Name: Eric Evenson Application # 963
Programmer's Site: (BTV ) Region: ER
Version: 1.3
Version Date: 2005-10-12
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Tool modified to meet IFPS 16 site code requirements.
Recent research by members of the Storm Prediction Center (SPC) indicated utility in the use of a product called the Supercell Composite Parameter (SCP). This technique is intended to help operational forecasters in their efforts to discriminate between supercell and non-supercell environments. The Supercell_Composite_Parameter SmartTool uses the findings from the Thompson, Edwards, and Hart (2002) paper to develop this tool. The tool collects the model forecast fields of surface CAPE, 0-3km Helicity, and surface to 500 mb wind data (to calculate a 0-6km mean shear value). The 0-6km mean shear value, which is not density weighted, is calculated by adding the magnitudes of 50 mb layers from the wind 10 meters above the ground to the 500 mb level. Using their database, the authors of the SCP calculated a normalized value for 0-6km shear (15 m/s). In addition, the SCP formula uses the most unstable CAPE (MUCAPE), but the CAPE used for this tool is surface based. As a result, some discrepancy in CAPE values can occur. For this smart tool, the SCP formula is as follows:
SCP = (SFC CAPE/1000 Jkg-1) * (0-3km SRH/100 m2s-2) * (0-6km shear/15 m/s)
If the SCP is greater than 1, the tool will generate a weather grid that adds user defined attributes of winds and hail to the thunderstorm weather string (Damaging Winds and Large Hail or Gusty Winds and Hail). If Damaging Winds and Large Hail is selected as an attribute, T+ will be coded to represent a severe thunderstorm. A GUI allows the user to ability to decide if the qualifying terms should be in uncertainty or areal coverage terms. The qualifiers are determined from the user’s PoP grid. If the SCP is less than 1, thunderstorms with no attributes will be plotted where the PoP is greater than or equal to 15.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Swell_Direction
Programmer's Name: Greg Martin Application # 360
Programmer's Site: (SGX ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-02-13
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Changes swell direction to a user-specified value. It should work with versions of GFE earlier than 20.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Swell_fm_otherwaves
Programmer's Name: David Elson Application # 160
Programmer's Site: (PQR ) Region: WR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2003-11-08
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Generates a Swell grid based on several other wave-related grids. Required input for this tool includes the grids WaveHeight (used as significant wave height), WindWaveHgt (wind wave height) and the GWW dirpw (Global Wave Watch D2D direction of primary wave). This tool requires the addition of both a \\\\\\"Swell\\\\\\" vector grid, and \\\\\\"WindWaveHgt\\\\\\" scalar grid in your localConfig file before running. The Swell magnitude is computed as the square root of the difference of the squares of the WaveHeight and WindWaveHgt. If WindWaveHgt is greater than or equal to WaveHeight, then the Swell Magnitude is set to 1. The Swell direction uses the GWW dirpw where available, but if not available sets the direction to a default value of 270 degrees. The tool will not run properly unless the vector edit mode is set to \\\\"both.\\\\"
Languages:
Status: Testing
Documentation:
Program Name: Swell_fm_otherwaves_mandir
Programmer's Name: David Elson Application # 161
Programmer's Site: (PQR ) Region: WR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2003-11-08
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Generates a swell grid based on two other wave-related grids. Required input includes the grids WaveHeight (used as significant wave height), WindWaveHgt (wind wave height) and a swell direction as defined by the user through a GUI. This tool requires the addition of both a \\\"Swell\\\" vector grid and \\\"WindWaveHgt\\\" scalar grid in your localConfig file prior to usage. The Swell magnitude is computed as the square root of the difference of the squares of the WaveHeight and WindWaveHgt grids. If WindWaveHgt is greater than or equal to WaveHeight, then Swell Magnitude is set to 1.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: T1700Mix
Programmer's Name: Steven Nelson Application # 95
Programmer's Site: (FFC ) Region: SR
Version: 0.9
Version Date: 2003-11-07
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Point-based tool which computes a 1700 foot mixing height temperature from model data, used in the southern u.s. for fire weather planning.
Someday I'll make a numeric version of this, sigh.
Languages:
Status: Under Development
Documentation:
Program Name: Tand Tdcheck
Programmer's Name: Chris Gibson Application # 327
Programmer's Site: (SLC ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-11-28
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Consistency check for T vs. Td. Ensures that Td is less than, or equal to T. Numeric. For use with Finalize_Grids consistency procedure.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Tcheck_forWinterWx
Programmer's Name: Clay Anderson Application # 242
Programmer's Site: (EWX ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-11-08
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This numeric tool can be used anytime winter-type Wx is forecast, but would be best for offices deriving Wx from PoP and defining snow/rain based on elevation with no input from T. This tool basically looks for areas where freezing rain, freezing drizzle, snow and/or snow showers are forecast and adjusts T down if it is too high.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: TCMWindTool
Programmer's Name: Tom LeFebvre Application # 924
Programmer's Site: (FSL ) Region: FSL
Version: 2.3
Version Date: 2006-07-25
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Version 2.3 fixes a bug in time matching the background grids.
..........
Version 2.2 fixes a bug that caused calm winds to be generated in some cases. This bug fix also improves grid blending.
Version 2.1 fixes a bug that causes calm wind to be generated if the cyclone is out of the office domain
The TCMWind tool creates wind grids representing the TCM tropical cyclone forecast. It is intended to be used by WFOs when a tropical cyclone moves in or near their office domain. It is intended to be executed as soon as a new TCM bulletin is available from TPC. The tool, which is really a procedure, also works on JTWC bulletins for western Pacific typhoons.
Eastern region has prepared a site with additional info at:
http://www.werh.noaa.gov/ssd/smarttools/tropical/tropical05.htm
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: TCMWindTool
Programmer's Name: Tom LeFebvre Application # 1271
Programmer's Site: (FSL ) Region: FSL
Version: 2.5
Version Date: 2008-09-18
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Version 2.5 reads an optional guidance file to fill in radii that do not exist in the TCM
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: TCMWindTool
Programmer's Name: Tom LeFebvre Application # 1065
Programmer's Site: (FSL ) Region: FSL
Version: 2.4
Version Date: 2006-08-07
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Version 2.4 includes changes to stay compatible with new time format from HHMMZ to HHMM UTC
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Td_forFog
Programmer's Name: Clay Anderson Application # 232
Programmer's Site: (EWX ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-11-08
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This numeric tool looks for Fog in the Wx grids. Where Fog exists...it sets Td to T minus a user specified T-Td spread.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Td_From_RH_and_T
Programmer's Name: Jim Fischer Application # 155
Programmer's Site: (REV ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-04-16
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool calculates Td from RH and T. This is done because RH is a direct output of the models and the Td that GFE initilizes is derived from that direct model RH. This will allow a user to forecast RH and T then calculate Td for consistency. It goes beyond the consistency of just making sure the Td isn't higher than T, it also makes the RH, T and Td consistent.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: TdLessT_ByU_Amt
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 87
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2002-01-28
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Assure Td is less than T by user amount.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Td_SmartTool
Programmer's Name: IFPS baseline Application # 836
Programmer's Site: Meteorological Development Lab (OST ) Region: OST
Version: 15.3+
Version Date: 2004-11-10
Type: Smart Tool
Description:
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Td_Spread
Programmer's Name: Brian Curran Application # 1087
Programmer's Site: (MAF ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2006-10-17
Type: Smart Tool
Description:
Td_Spread allows a forecaster to input a dewpoint depression and then
lowers the dewpoints to that depression where the T/Td spread is less
than the user-specified depression. This tool may be useful for those
nights where \\"dew down\\" or \\"frost down\\" may cause a lowering in
dewpoints. Both the T and Td elements must exist first. Error
handling will prevent user-input negative spreads. If the user selects
a change grid, then a change grid will be produced on the fly that will
show where the forecast Td depression is less than the user-specified
depression.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Temp_Adjust_Input
Programmer's Name: Chris Broyles Application # 352
Programmer's Site: (AMA ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-01-19
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This smart tool adjusts temperature based on an inputed slope and starting value. The tool keeps the temperature gradients but may decrease or increase the temperature gradients. Hundreds of thousands of variations of temperature output can be created.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Terrain_Tool
Programmer's Name: Thomas Andretta Application # 384
Programmer's Site: (PIH ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-04-08
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This smart tool calculates the Wind Grid using various fields from the 12 km MM5 ETA, MESO ETA, ETA, AVN, or MRF model. The 12 km MM5 ETA, MESO ETA, and ETA models are used for the SFC, 10 m AGL, and 60 m AGL winds, respectively. The ETA, AVN, and MRF models are used for the winds at 850 mb and 700 mb. Weights are applied to each wind category. The following elevation and wind threshold criteria are used: (0 < Z < Z Inversion) : (SFC + 10 m AGL) or 850 mb average winds (Z Inversion < Z < Z Valley) : 60 m AGL or 850 mb winds (Z Valley < Z < Z Ridgetop) : 850 mb winds (Z > Z Ridgetop) : (850 mb + 700 mb) average winds
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Terrain_Tool
Programmer's Name: Thomas Andretta Application # 405
Programmer's Site: (PIH ) Region: WR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2003-05-06
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This smart tool calculates the Wind Grid using various fields from the 12 km MM5 ETA, MESO ETA, ETA, AVN, or MRF model. The 12 km MM5 ETA, MESO ETA, and ETA models are used for the SFC, 10 m AGL, and 60 m AGL winds, respectively. The ETA, AVN, and MRF models are used for the winds at 850 mb and 700 mb. Weights are applied to each wind category. The following elevation and wind threshold criteria are used: (0 < Z < Z Inversion) : (SFC + 10 m AGL) or 850 mb winds (Z Inversion < Z < Z Valley) : 60 m AGL or 850 mb winds (Z Valley < Z < Z Ridgetop) : 850 mb winds (Z > Z Ridgetop) : (850 mb + 700 mb) winds
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: T_from_MaxMinT
Programmer's Name: Ronald Miller Application # 244
Programmer's Site: (OTX ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-09-19
Type: Procedure
Description: Copies the MaxT and MinT grids into the hourly T grid at a local time specified by the user via a GUI. It then does an hourly interpolation of all of the T grids.
Requires the use of Smart Tools T_from_MinT and T_from_MaxT.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: The Des Moines Sky Inits
Programmer's Name: Chuck Myers Application # 892
Programmer's Site: (DMX ) Region: CR
Version: 1.3
Version Date: 2005-03-29
Type: Smart Initialization
Description: The Des Moines Sky Inits are GFE Smart Initialization scripts that produce derived fractional Sky cover based on model layer relative humidity. The smart init runs on all short and long range models from 950mb to 300mb. No operator input is required. A correction method is included to allow local adjustment and testing.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: The Des Moines Sky Inits
Programmer's Name: Chuck Myers Application # 449
Programmer's Site: (DMX ) Region: CR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-11-15
Type: Smart Initialization
Description: The Des Moines Sky Inits are GFE Smart Initialization scripts that produce derived fractional Sky cover based on model layer relative humidity. The smart init runs on all short and long range models from 950mb to 300mb. No operator input is required. A correction method is included to allow local adjustment and testing if desired.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: The Des Moines Sky Inits
Programmer's Name: Chuck Myers Application # 805
Programmer's Site: (DMX ) Region: CR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2005-03-28
Type: Smart Initialization
Description: The Des Moines Sky Inits are GFE Smart Initialization scripts that produce derived fractional Sky cover based on model layer relative humidity. The smart init runs on all short and long range models from 950mb to 300mb. No operator input is required. A correction method is included to allow local adjustment and testing if desired.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Thickness_Mix_Down
Programmer's Name: Dennis Cavanaugh Application # 1117
Programmer's Site: (TOP ) Region: CR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2007-02-07
Type: Smart Tool
Description:
This tool uses the hypsometric equation to derive the mean temperature of a user defined 1000 to X mb thickness layer. It then mixes the temperature down to 1000 mb. From there a combination of the hydrostatic equation and ideal gas law give a method for adjusting the 1000 mb temperature to the actual surface pressure. Assuming a well mixed layer, a MaxT is returned to the grid.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Threat_Assessment
Programmer's Name: Brian Curran Application # 1203
Programmer's Site: (MAF ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2008-01-09
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Threat_Assessment is a collection of procedures that evaluates various forecast elements and returns to the user a set of threat grids. These threat grids may be used to define or refine existing or planned watches, warnings, or advisories, to assist in customer and partner briefings, and to help the forecast staff maintain appropriate situational awareness. Presently, the following threats are assessed: blowing dust, fire weather, fog, heat index, heavy rainfall, high wind, icing, severe convection, smoke, snow, and wind chill.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Thunderstorm
Programmer's Name: Chris Broyles Application # 256
Programmer's Site: (AMA ) Region: SR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2002-09-21
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This smart tool allows the forecaster to assign two separate areas of thunderstorms with differing intensities based on user set temperature and dewpoint thresholds. Thunderstorms or rainshowers can only be output in an edit area where PoPs above zero exist. Coverage or uncertainty terms can be used.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Thunderstorm_Rain
Programmer's Name: Chris Broyles Application # 141
Programmer's Site: (AMA ) Region: SR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2002-04-08
Type: Smart Tool
Description:
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: ToolDoc
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 88
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2002-01-28
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Text document describing most of the tools submitted by RLX, including what they are used for and when to use them.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: ToolDoc
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 180
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 2.0
Version Date: 2002-05-31
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This is the updated tool documentation.
I will delete the old one when I figure out what my old account is!
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: TooWarmForSnow
Programmer's Name: Logan Johnson Application # 1075
Programmer's Site: (IND ) Region: CR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2006-09-03
Type: Smart Tool
Description: The tool will allow the user to run up to three different consistency checks between forecasted precip type and the temperature. Checks will find areas where the temperature is too warm for snow, areas where the temperature is below freezing but rain is forecasted, and areas where the temperatures are above freezing but freezing rain/drizzle is forecasted.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Top_Down
Programmer's Name: Jeremy Martin Application # 1189
Programmer's Site: (GLD ) Region: CR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2007-12-17
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool attempts to simulate the Top Down method for forecastin precipitation type. Can determine based on model soundings whether ice is present in clouds, and can account for evaportation. Given a forecasted PoP field will use this method to match the Wx and PoP. Fixed a bug where old debug lines for GLD causing tool to crash when used at other sites. Changed documentation to Rich Text Format as Word 2007 was causing problems.
Languages:
Status: Testing
Documentation:
Program Name: TopDownWx
Programmer's Name: Patrick Moore Application # 1091
Programmer's Site: (GSP ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2006-11-14
Type: Smart Tool
Description: The \"Top-Down\" Method of precipitation type forecasting applies sound science to the determination of the most likely precipitation type to reach the surface. The “Top-Down” method essentially tracks a hydrometeor from its source to the surface to determine its precipitation type. The “Top-Down” method identifies ice-producing layers that affect nucleation, elevated warm layers that alter the physical characteristics of falling hydrometeors, and surface-based cold layers that could melt or refreeze an incoming hydrometeor.
The TopDownWx tool will create a Wx grid using the PoP grid for the conditional probability of the primary precipitation type, which is determined by an objective consideration of four other
user or grid inputs. The presence of active ice nuclei is handled with a switch set in the GUI by the forecaster. The maximum temperature aloft in the warm nose is contained in the MaxTAloft grid, which is created from model data using the MaxTAloftTool. The near surface warm layer constraint is contained in the WetBulb grid, which is created from model data using the TwTool. Finally, The T grids are considered in order to maintain internal consistency in the database.
A pdf file summarizing the Top-Down Method is available by request.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: TopDownWx
Programmer's Name: Patrick Moore Application # 1093
Programmer's Site: (GSP ) Region: ER
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2006-11-21
Type: Smart Tool
Description: The new version of TopDownWx includes an updated MaxTAloftTool which should do a better job of determining when a warm nose really exists. Several procedures are also included which can be used as drivers for the various smart tools used in the methodology.
The \\"Top-Down\\" Method of precipitation type forecasting applies sound science to the determination of the most likely precipitation type to reach the surface. The “Top-Down” method essentially tracks a hydrometeor from its source to the surface to determine its precipitation type. The “Top-Down” method identifies ice-producing layers that affect nucleation, elevated warm layers that alter the physical characteristics of falling hydrometeors, and surface-based cold layers that could melt or refreeze an incoming hydrometeor.
The TopDownWx tool will create a Wx grid using the PoP grid for the conditional probability of the primary precipitation type, which is determined by an objective consideration of four other
user or grid inputs. The presence of active ice nuclei is handled with a switch set in the GUI by the forecaster. The maximum temperature aloft in the warm nose is contained in the MaxTAloft grid, which is created from model data using the MaxTAloftTool. The near surface warm layer constraint is contained in the WetBulb grid, which is created from model data using the TwTool. Finally, The T grids are considered in order to maintain internal consistency in the database.
A pdf file summarizing the Top-Down Method is available by request.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: TopoEffect_T
Programmer's Name: Steven Nelson Application # 6
Programmer's Site: (FFC ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-11-05
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Applies a user-specified lapse rate to the Fcst T grids to add topographic effects to T. User must also input a mean flatland elevation. Output is weighted based on hour of the day with max influence at 11Z and min influence at 23Z.
Note: Uses Numeric python, RPP13 or later required.
Languages:
Status: Under Development
Documentation:
Program Name: Total_Totals
Programmer's Name: Thomas Andretta Application # 157
Programmer's Site: (PIH ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-05-02
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This smart tool calculates the weather (Ts) field using the total totals equation from the ETA, NGM, RUC, AVN, or MRF model.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: TransWind
Programmer's Name: Todd Dankers Application # 423
Programmer's Site: (BOU ) Region: CR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-04-13
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool uses the MixHgt grids and upper air winds in model netCDF files to calculate the average wind through the mixed layer. The tool is based on the algtorithm in SmartInit, but needs to be a stand alone tool, in order to account for forecaster changes to surface temperature and therefore Mixing Height values. Tool can be set to calculate either a mathematical average of wind speed, or strictly the vector average wind speed.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: TransWindMesoEta
Programmer's Name: Todd Dankers Application # 424
Programmer's Site: (BOU ) Region: CR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-04-13
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool uses the MixHgt grids and upper air information from the MesoEta netCDF files to calculate the average wind in the mixed layer. The tool is based on the algorthm in SmartInit, but needs to be a stand alone smart tool in order to incorporate forecaster changes to surface Temperature data and therefore the depth of the mixed layer. This tool only runs with the MesoEta data, since the file system is unique for the MesoEta, containing additional temporal resolution and additional vertical resolution through 600 mb.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: TransWind_Tool
Programmer's Name: Chris Gibson Application # 8
Programmer's Site: (SLC ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-01-07
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Calculates Transport wind as the average wind in the mixed layer. ETA boundary layer winds may be included or removed. Numeric.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: TransWind_Tool
Programmer's Name: Chris Gibson Application # 1132
Programmer's Site: (SLC ) Region: WR
Version: 2.0
Version Date: 2007-04-13
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This is the first upgrade of this tool since 2002. Calculates TransWind as an average of winds within the mixed layer as determined by MixHgt grids. Utilizes boundary layer winds and is ready to run with the NAM12 and GFS40 models as distributed on AWIPS. Includes debugging print statements and improved documentation.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Tropical_Hazards_Tool
Programmer's Name: Paul Stanko Application # 871
Programmer's Site: (GUM ) Region: PR
Version: 1.2
Version Date: 2005-02-02
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Allows Hazard grids to be assigned through a GUI instead of the Pickup menu.
Maybe you could think of it as sort of a build 16 GHG.
This tool should be easily modifiable for other tropical sites. It should also be modifiable with only moderate difficulty for mid-latitude sites.
Version 1.2 is careful to assign ugly strings which are different from VTEC codes for hazards which are not in the baseline VTEC list.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: TRW_ArealCov
Programmer's Name: Matt Moreland Application # 305
Programmer's Site: (HGX ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-11-20
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Creates Wx grids with areal coverage of -TRW based on PoP.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: TRW_Categorical
Programmer's Name: Matt Moreland Application # 306
Programmer's Site: (HGX ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-11-20
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Creates Wx grids with categorical coverage of -TRW based on PoP.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: TRW_HeavyRain_ArealCov
Programmer's Name: Matt Moreland Application # 297
Programmer's Site: (HGX ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-11-19
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Creates Wx grids with areal coverage of TRW and mention of heavy rain based on PoP.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: TRW_HeavyRain_Categorical
Programmer's Name: Matt Moreland Application # 296
Programmer's Site: (HGX ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-11-19
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Creates Wx grids with categorical coverage of TRW and mention of heavy rain based on PoP.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: TRW_HeavyRain_Categorical
Programmer's Name: Matt Moreland Application # 732
Programmer's Site: (HGX ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2004-01-23
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This SmartTool provides a very specialized function: it creates Wx grids with categorical coverage of TRW [HvyRn] (the heavy rainfall attribute) based on corresponding PoP value.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Ts_CapePw
Programmer's Name: Thomas Andretta Application # 158
Programmer's Site: (PIH ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-05-02
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This smart tool calculates the weather (Ts) field using cape and pw fields from either the MESO ETA or ETA model.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: TSUNAMI FORMATTERS
Programmer's Name: ted mackechnie Application # 1282
Programmer's Site: (SGX ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2008-12-24
Type: Text Formatter
Description: Using the GFE Tsunami Formatters
When a TSUWCA is received from ATWC, use the GFE tsunami formatters. Select PRODUCTS and select a TSW, TSA, TSS or SPS formatter depending on which headline in the TSUWCA applies to our coastal and marine zones.
Manually enter specific information contained in the TSUWCA into the highlighted red framing blocks in the GFE formatter edit screen. The framing blocks specify the date, time and location of the earthquake and the predicted wave size and arrival times.
Select the SPS formatter to issue a local statement. Cut and paste the content from the tsunami TSW, TSA or TSS product just issued into the SPS.
Select SPS-Tsunami Advisory option if the TSUWCA has an advisory headline for our area. Edit the framing codes.
The TSWSGX, TSASGX, TSSSGX or SPSSGX is sent to the PENDING window of the NWR Browser program in AWIPS.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Tsunami Formatters
Programmer's Name: Greg Martin Application # 1267
Programmer's Site: (SGX ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2008-08-26
Type: Text Formatter
Description: TSA, TSW, TSS, and SPS formatters for producing WFO tsunami products
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: TsUvv_2_QPF
Programmer's Name: Thomas Andretta Application # 159
Programmer's Site: (PIH ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-05-02
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This smart tool calculates the QPF field using the maximum vertical velocity of the potential convective updraft equation (derived from cape) from either the MESO ETA or ETA model. An experimental scale factor is used in the conversion from cape to the QPF field.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Tweak Winds
Programmer's Name: Paul Howerton Application # 182
Programmer's Site: (ICT ) Region: CR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2002-08-04
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Wind editing tool which uses a popup window to change either/both wind speed and wind direction via separate -/+ user adjustable offsets. Tool derived from Tim Barker's Veer/back wEdge tool. Updated to fix line wrapping problem in first version uploaded to repository.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: UpdateTime
Programmer's Name: Timothy Barker Application # 973
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2005-11-18
Type: Smart Tool
Description: A one-line tool that returns the original grid unchanged. By running it - the modification time of the grid is changed, which may cause the grid to be sent via ISC. This can be helpful to your neighbors to know that you still consider the grid to be a 'valid' grid. You can do a similar thing by 'scratching' in the corner with the pencil tool, etc. - but you could only do that on one grid at a time. With the UpdateTime tool you can highlight many grids in the grid manager, run the UpdateTime tool, and have them all 'marked' as edited with a single action.
This tool used to be called DoNothing and I was too embarrassed to put it on the SmartTool Repository - because it is only one line long. But, due to many people asking me for it over the years - I am providing it here under a somewhat more descriptive name of what it does.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: update_zfp
Programmer's Name: Ronald Miller Application # 721
Programmer's Site: (OTX ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2004-01-15
Type: Text Formatter
Description:
Post Processing perl script and modifications to your ZFP_Local Script. This allows the forecaster to choose how many periods he/she is updating. The formatter then generates text only for those periods. The postProcessProduct method then calls the update_zfp.pl script. This perl script will merge the new ZFP updates with the remaining periods from the current ZFP. Output is returned to the ZFP_Local formatter.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: update_zfp
Programmer's Name: Ronald Miller Application # 737
Programmer's Site: (OTX ) Region: WR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2004-01-30
Type: Text Formatter
Description: Version 1.1 fixes a few bugs in version 1.0.
Post Processing perl script and modifications to your ZFP_Local Script. This allows the forecaster to choose how many periods he/she is updating. The formatter then generates text only for those periods. The postProcessProduct method then calls the update_zfp.pl script. This perl script will merge the new ZFP updates with the remaining periods from the current ZFP. Output is returned to the ZFP_Local formatter.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: UpperElevationWinds
Programmer's Name: Eric Lau Application # 763
Programmer's Site: (HFO ) Region: PR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2004-04-02
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Replace the surface winds from 6000 to 15000 feet with model winds from the corresponding pressure level.
For the AVN, ETA243, and RSM;
[4000-5999 ft = 850 mb]
[6000-7999 ft = 800 mb]
[8000-9999 ft = 750 mb]
[10000-11999 ft = 700 mb]
[12000-15000 ft = 650 mb]
For the NOGAPSPR and MRF, the vertical resolution is a lot less:
[4000-9999 ft = 850 mb]
[10000-15000 ft = 700 mb]
This technique is also implemented in HFO SmartInit.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: VectorSet_ShortCut
Programmer's Name: William Rasch Application # 828
Programmer's Site: (BYZ ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2004-10-19
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Smart tool designed to be called from keyboard shortcut to change edit modes of wind.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: VentCatTool
Programmer's Name: Clay Anderson Application # 216
Programmer's Site: (EWX ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-11-08
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This numeric tool uses Mixhgt grids and TransWind grids to compute a VentCat between 1-5 (poor-excellent). Assumes a wx element called VentCat exists.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: VentRateTool
Programmer's Name: Patrick Moore Application # 752
Programmer's Site: (GSP ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2004-03-17
Type: Smart Tool
Description: The VentRateTool computes the Ventilation Rate, defined as the product of the mixing height and the magnitude of the transport wind, and stores the result in the VentRate grid.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Vsby_Fcst Procedure and Tools
Programmer's Name: Carl Morgan Application # 409
Programmer's Site: (ILM ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2004-01-22
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This procedure will allow the user to run two different visibility smart tools, which are included in the software bundle. The first tool, Vsby_fm_WxType, will assign a visibility value to a separate scalar Vsby grid. The second tool, UpdateWxVsby, was written by Matt Belk (BOX) and will inject the values from the new Vsby grid into the ugly string of the Wx grid. It will also perform consistency checks between visibility and wx intensity.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Wave_ALL
Programmer's Name: Tony Siebers Application # 280
Programmer's Site: (AKQ ) Region: ER
Version: 2.0
Version Date: 2003-11-10
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This SmartTool sets the WaveHeight based on equations developed using local wind/wave climatology. The Wind field should be edited first, and then run the SmartTool with WaveHeight editable. It sets WaveHeight based on wind speed and direction.
This tool explicitly reads the Wakefield, VA local marine edit areas to operate on. It also uses local equations based on wave climatology and nomograms. It would have to be modified to work at any other site. The Wakefield marine area includes the Chesapeake Bay, part of the Atlantic coastal waters, and the Currituck sound. Separate equations are used for different marine areas. In some cases, the slope and constants of the wave height equations were blended so that intermediate marine areas could use their own sets of equations. This produces a smoother and more realistic wave field, even though there is not data to verify the intermediate areas. For example the middle Chesapeake Bay waves are calculated from an average of the Northern and Southern Bay equations. Note that this does not mean it will have wave values that are an average of the north and south, since this will only happen if the wind speed and direction do not change. As currently configured, it computes waves for eight separate marine areas for AKQ. If desired, marine areas can be grouped together as done in the smart tool for marine areas ANZ656 and ANZ658. This is done by using a logical_or function to set a mask that combines both edit areas.
To use:1) edit the winds first. 2) do not select an edit area, but execute the smart tool with the WaveHeight element \\"editable\\"
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: WaveHeight
Programmer's Name: Greg Martin Application # 361
Programmer's Site: (SGX ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-02-13
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Computes WaveHeight from Swell, Swell2, and WindWaveHgt. It should work with versions of GFE earlier than 20.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: WaveHeight_fm_swellandwind
Programmer's Name: David Elson Application # 957
Programmer's Site: (PQR ) Region: WR
Version: 1.1.2
Version Date: 2005-09-20
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Generates a WaveHeight grid, using the Swell and WindWaveHgt grids for input. Version 1.1 allows user to configure the tool to also include a Swell2 grid in the calculation. The WaveHeight is computed as the square root of the sum of the squares of the Swell magnitude and WindWaveHgt. Version 1.1.2 makes a couple internal changes including a potential bug fix.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Wave Height from Wind
Programmer's Name: stephen brueske Application # 282
Programmer's Site: (CHS ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-11-08
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool uses GFE's wind grid to generate a first-guess sea height grid.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: WaveHeight_Tool
Programmer's Name: Mike Buchanan Application # 188
Programmer's Site: Corpus Christi WFO (Corpus Christi, TX) (CRP ) Region: SR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2002-06-17
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool will produce waveheight grid values based upon existing wind grid values. The tool is based on the wind wave nomogram.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Weather
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 887
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2005-03-18
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Weather populates Wx grids based on floating PoP and user defined attributes.
It allows one to get stratiform mixed precip in the cold sector with showers and thunderstorms in the warm sector with just one iteration.
This Weather tool also provides several schemes to determine precipitation type...including model or forecaster-modified temperatures aloft.
The tool has options for trace events as well.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: WetBulb_Tool
Programmer's Name: Logan Johnson Application # 979
Programmer's Site: (IND ) Region: CR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2005-12-04
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool takes the temperature and dewpoint grids at a selected time and calculates a wet bulb temperature for all points in the grid. This is then populated in a temporary grid of Wet Bulb.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Wetflag_Populate
Programmer's Name: Thomas Earle Application # 452
Programmer's Site: (PDT ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-06-05
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This procedure is useful in populating a range of Wetflag grids to zero or NO. This tool should be useful to office's that generate a FWM from GFE. The Wetflag_zero smart tool is required to use this procedure.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Wetflag_zero
Programmer's Name: Thomas Earle Application # 451
Programmer's Site: (PDT ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-06-05
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This smarttool sets the Wetflag to zero. It becomes very useful in combination with the Wetflag_Populate procedure in generating a FWM.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Wind20ft_from_Wind
Programmer's Name: Clay Anderson Application # 191
Programmer's Site: (EWX ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-11-08
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool calculates Wind20ft grids from Wind grids. Wind20ft (RAWS winds) differs from Wind (ASOS winds) due to tower height (20ft v.s. 33ft) and averaging technique (10min v.s. 2min). The magnitude of Wind20ft should always be less than the magnitude of Wind.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Wind20ft_lessthan_Wind
Programmer's Name: Clay Anderson Application # 214
Programmer's Site: (EWX ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-11-08
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This simple tool functions like the Td_belowT tool to make sure that the magnitude of Wind20ft is not greater than that of Wind. If greater, it lowers the magnitude of Wind20ft to that of Wind.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Wind_Adjust
Programmer's Name: Chris Broyles Application # 332
Programmer's Site: (AMA ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-12-01
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This smart tool adjusts the wind speed generated by the model to make the wind speeds more reasonable. It does this by raising all 0 knot values to 6 knots and starts a linear adjustment (at 6 knots) based on a slope of 0.6. This adjustment moderates the overdone model wind gradients, raises the
values at the low end, and lowers the values at the high end.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Wind_Adjust_Input
Programmer's Name: Chris Broyles Application # 333
Programmer's Site: (AMA ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-12-01
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This smart tool is a modification of Wind_Adjust. It adjusts the wind speed
generated by the model to make the wind speeds more reasonable. It allows the
forecaster to input a starting value and a slope to adjust the model data by.
For example, if the starting value inputted is 6, the tool raises all 0 knot speeds up to 6. Then it starts a linear adjustment (at 6 knots) based on the slope desired. Any adjustment can be made, however, the most useful adjustment moderates the overdone model wind gradients, raises the values at the low end, and lowers the values at the high end.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Wind_Back_10_Degrees
Programmer's Name: Chris Broyles Application # 320
Programmer's Site: (AMA ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-11-24
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool backs the wind direction by 10 degrees without having to go to the wind pickup value dialog to specify that you want to edit wind direction only. This tool goes with Wind_Back_30_Degrees and is the same as Back written by Tim Barker, SOO at Boise, ID.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Wind_Back_30_Degrees
Programmer's Name: Chris Broyles Application # 321
Programmer's Site: (AMA ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-11-24
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool backs the wind direction by 30 degrees without having to go to the wind pickup value dialog to specify that you want to edit wind direction only. This tool goes with Wind_Back_Veer_10_Degrees.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: WindChill_Populate
Programmer's Name: Thomas Earle Application # 337
Programmer's Site: (PDT ) Region: WR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2002-12-10
Type: Procedure
Description: Creates WindChill grids from scratch and populates with data derived from Wind and T grids using the WindChillTool smart tool. Note, the WindChillTool smart tool comes with GFE 16.2. The enhancements include better handling of errors when specific grids aren't found.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: WindEffects
Programmer's Name: Timothy Barker Application # 801
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 1.2
Version Date: 2004-08-27
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Adds/subtracts from a field, based on \"upslope/downslope\" effects calculated from a wind field and topography (possibly smoothed).
Version 1.2 works for query edit areas.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Wind_from_T_Pres
Programmer's Name: Carl Dierking Application # 771
Programmer's Site: (AJK ) Region: AR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2005-05-16
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Wind is one of the more difficult fields to work with in GFE. It doesn't initialize well, editing is challenge, and interpolation unpredictable. This tool attempts to overcome some of these wind editing issues by deriving a wind field from sea level pressure and temperature with topographic considerations. It uses a geostrophic approximation (with corrections for ageostrophic and frictional effects) to calculate winds over the entire grid. Then, terrain directed flow, or gap flow, is approximated using edit areas to define the gaps and the pressure gradient within those gaps to derive wind speed and wind direction up or down the gap. A Bernoulli relationship is used to calculate wind speed in the gaps.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Wind_from_T_Pres
Programmer's Name: Carl Dierking Application # 437
Programmer's Site: (AJK ) Region: AR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2005-05-16
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Wind is one of the more difficult fields to work with in GFE. It doesn't initialize well, editing is challenge, and interpolation unpredictable. This tool attempts to overcome some of these wind editing issues by deriving a wind field from sea level pressure and temperature with topographic considerations. It uses a geostrophic approximation (with some corrections for ageostrophic effects) to calculate winds over the entire grid. Then, terrain directed flow, or gap flow, is approximated using edit areas to define the gaps and the pressure gradient within those gaps to derive wind speed and wind direction up or down the gap. A Bernoulli relationship is used to calculate wind speed in the gaps.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: WindGust
Programmer's Name: Paul Stanko Application # 1077
Programmer's Site: (GUM ) Region: PR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2006-09-07
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This procedure provides an intelligent and nearly foolproof way to manage all WindGust smart tools at a site. Includes provision for populating from models, and comes with three tools to get a site started. If a site prefers another tool, this could always be added to the varDict. Borrows code from Dave Metze's BackgroundScratchGridChecker to identify and eliminate scratch grids, interpolates as necessary, QC's the resulting gusts to ensure none are below the sustained Wind Speed, then saves the WindGust grids.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Wind_Gust
Programmer's Name: Chris Broyles Application # 334
Programmer's Site: (AMA ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-12-01
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This smart tool calculates the wind gust values for the wind gust grids based on wind speed values. The cutoff points are based on miles per hour thresholds determined by the formatters.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: WindGustChanger
Programmer's Name: Robert Stauber Application # 1059
Programmer's Site: (PHI ) Region: ER
Version: 3.1
Version Date: 2006-07-06
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This latest version allow a simple consistency check of the WindGust grid vs the Wind Grid.
This is an updated smart tool that previous accompanied Create_Wind_Gust. The smart tool will create Wind Gusts based on the wind either multiplied by a percentage or an amount added to the base wind. A minimum or maximum is permitted.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: WindGustFmWind
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 698
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 2.0
Version Date: 2006-09-05
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Updated for the new wind gust requirement 9/5/2006 - wind gust values always at least equal the corresponding sustained speeds.
Changed name from WindGustFmRUC - it was mis-named when first posted. The tool simply multiplies the wind speed by a user-entered factor to get the wind gust.
Computes wind gust by multiplying forecast sustained wind speed by user -entered factor.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: WindGust_fm_Wind
Programmer's Name: Greg Martin Application # 363
Programmer's Site: (SGX ) Region: WR
Version: 2.1
Version Date: 2006-06-29
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Updates version 2.0 to meet upcoming changes in the of WindGust in NWSI 10-506, effective August 30, 2006.
The tool computes an initial WindGust by multiplying the wind speed by a user-defined factor. User-defined thresholds set a wind speed below which WindGust will be set to the wind speed and also sets WindGust to the wind speed below a user-defined difference between wind speed and the tool-computed WindGust.
An option allows different thresholds for two separate areas (default and coastal waters, e.g.).
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: WindGustFromAlgorithm
Programmer's Name: Matthew Belk Application # 450
Programmer's Site: (BOX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-11-21
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool computes WindGust using a momentum transfer technique adapted from the RUC model. There is another algorithm which produces the same or higher WindGust values as well. The user has the option to include or exclude boundary layer winds in the analysis. The user also selects the model to use for upper level data. If model data is unavailable, the existing WindGust grid is returned unchanged.
This tool was also worked on by Tom Mazza (WFO RLX).
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: WindGustFromAlgorithm
Programmer's Name: Matthew Belk Application # 712
Programmer's Site: (BOX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.2
Version Date: 2004-01-07
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool computes WindGust using a momentum transfer technique adapted from the RUC model. There is another algorithm which produces the same or higher WindGust values as well. The user has the option to include or exclude boundary layer winds in the analysis. The user also selects the model to use for upper level data. If model data is unavailable, the existing WindGust grid is returned unchanged.
The supplied procedure executes the tool, then interpolates based upon the new edited grids.
This tool was also worked on by Tom Mazza (WFO RLX).
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: WindGustFromAlgorithm
Programmer's Name: Matthew Belk Application # 454
Programmer's Site: (BOX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2003-11-21
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool computes WindGust using a momentum transfer technique adapted from the RUC model. There is another algorithm which produces the same or higher WindGust values as well. The user has the option to include or exclude boundary layer winds in the analysis. The user also selects the model to use for upper level data. If model data is unavailable, the existing WindGust grid is returned unchanged.
The supplied procedure executes the tool, then interpolates based upon the new edited grids.
This tool was also worked on by Tom Mazza (WFO RLX).
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: WindGustFromAlgorithm
Programmer's Name: Matthew Belk Application # 1061
Programmer's Site: (BOX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.3
Version Date: 2006-07-16
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool computes WindGust using a momentum transfer technique adapted from the RUC model. There is another algorithm which produces the same or higher WindGust values as well. The user has the option to include or exclude boundary layer winds in the analysis. The user also selects the model to use for upper level data. If model data is unavailable, the existing WindGust grid is returned unchanged.
The supplied procedure executes the tool, then interpolates based upon the new edited grids.
This tool was also worked on by Tom Mazza (WFO RLX). This tool conforms to the NEW digital definition of WindGust.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: WindGust_from_Bufkit
Programmer's Name: Jim Lott Application # 1156
Programmer's Site: (ILN ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2007-09-20
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This smart tool will create Wind Gust grids using the AWIPS bufr data files and the momentum transfer technique used in BUFKIT. The models of choice are the GFS and NAM-WRF.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: WindGust_from_Bufkit
Programmer's Name: Jim Lott Application # 1239
Programmer's Site: (ILN ) Region: ER
Version: 2.0
Version Date: 2008-03-28
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This smart tool will create Wind Gust grids using the AWIPS bufr data files and the momentum transfer technique used in BUFKIT. The models of choice are the GFS and NAM-WRF. Version 2.0 allows for the option to interpolate between gaps when using the 3 hourly GFS bufr data.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: WindGust_from_Wind
Programmer's Name: Thomas Earle Application # 225
Programmer's Site: (PDT ) Region: WR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2006-06-19
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Derives a WindGust grid from Wind. It only looks at Wind speed values greater than 10 kts. Once found, it adds a user defined gust to the sustained Wind speeds; however, it will only include the resulting value in the WindGust grid if and only if it is above 26 kts (i.e., 30 mph). If the Wind speed values do not match the above criteria they are set to the initial wind speed value. This tool now meets the new WindGust definition.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: WindGust_Multiple
Programmer's Name: Brian Curran Application # 1053
Programmer's Site: (MAF ) Region: SR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2006-08-30
Type: Smart Tool
Description: WindGust_Multiple is a “dumb” smart tool that applies user-selectable multiples to the magnitude component of the Wind grid and creates a WindGust grid. The user also has the option to select an upper bound to the resultant WindGust grid. This tool adheres to anticipated changes to the WindGust definition in NWSI 10-506.
Modified 8/18/06 to add a small amount (0.5 knots) to WindGusts less than 10 knots to avoid potential rounding errors and NDFD integrity issues.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: WindGust_Percent
Programmer's Name: Paul Stanko Application # 816
Programmer's Site: (GUM ) Region: PR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2004-10-24
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Uses speed from wind grids and a percentage increase solicited from the user to create a Wind Gust grid, allowing higher winds to have proprtionately higher gusts. This tool should be most useful in grids which have a tight gradient of wind speed.
This version fixes the bug in which the tool was looking for the wrong name in the varDict.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: WindGust_Percent
Programmer's Name: Paul Stanko Application # 847
Programmer's Site: (GUM ) Region: PR
Version: 2.0
Version Date: 2004-12-07
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Uses speed from wind grids and a percentage increase solicited from the user to create a Wind Gust grid, allowing higher winds to have proprtionately higher gusts. This tool should be most useful in grids which have a tight gradient of wind speed.
This version allows the amount of marginal gust suppression to be user selectable on-the-fly, instead of hard coded.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: WindGust_Percent
Programmer's Name: Paul Stanko Application # 1058
Programmer's Site: (GUM ) Region: PR
Version: 3.1
Version Date: 2006-06-29
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Creates a WindGust grid from the sustained wind grids, increasing them by a percentage factor. This means that bigger winds will get bigger gusts. Version 3.1 follows the new directives coming up in the last half of 2006, and allows the user to select model winds as input. Version 3.1 is also made to interface with the procedure WindGust written here at Guam, which will be made available on the STR shortly.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: WindGust_Populate
Programmer's Name: Thomas Earle Application # 338
Programmer's Site: (PDT ) Region: WR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2002-12-10
Type: Procedure
Description: This tool uses the WindGust_from_Wind smart tool to populate grid data. It allows the user to set how strong the wind gusts are over the sustained winds. For more details, see the WindGust_from_Wind smart tool. The enhancements include better handling of errors when specific grids aren't found.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Wind_To_Floor
Programmer's Name: Thomas Earle Application # 702
Programmer's Site: (PDT ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-12-23
Type: Smart Tool
Description:
This tool allows the user to set a minimum wind speed in their vector related grids. For example, if the forecaster believes the minimum wind speed will be 6 knots, the forecaster sets the slider to 6 knots and all the wind speeds less than 6 will be changed to 6. All remaining speeds will be untouched.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Wind_UpDown_Valleys
Programmer's Name: David Elson Application # 926
Programmer's Site: (PQR ) Region: WR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2005-07-20
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool is intended for use in larger valleys, where valley flow tends to be up and down valley, and driven largely by the up/down valley pressure gradient. This tool sets the wind accordingly, from a user selected model's sea level pressure gradient.
Version 1.1 greatly simplifies the setup and running of the tool.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Wind_Veer_10_Degrees
Programmer's Name: Chris Broyles Application # 322
Programmer's Site: (AMA ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-11-24
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool veers the wind direction by 10 degrees without having to go to the wind pickup value dialog to specify that you want to edit wind direction only. This tool goes with Wind_Veer_30_Degrees and si the same as Veer by Tim Barker, SOO, Boise, ID.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Wind_Veer_30_Degrees
Programmer's Name: Chris Broyles Application # 323
Programmer's Site: (AMA ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-11-24
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool veers the wind direction by 30 degrees without having to go to the wind pickup value dialog to specify that you want to edit wind direction only. This tool goes with Wind_Veer_10_Degrees.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: WindWaveHgt
Programmer's Name: Greg Martin Application # 362
Programmer's Site: (SGX ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-02-13
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Computes WindWaveHgt from wind speed. It should work with versions of GFE earlier than 20.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: WindWaves
Programmer's Name: David Elson Application # 114
Programmer's Site: (PQR ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-11-08
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Will generate a WindWaveHgt (wind waves) grid based on input from the Wind grid. This necessitates the addition of a new scalar weather element \\"WindWaveHgt\\" in your localConfig file prior to usage. The values assigned to the WindWaveHgt are based on a table developed locally in Portland OR, and do not account for wind fetch or duration.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: WinterWeather
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 71
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-01-25
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Sets Wx Coverage within Active Edit Area according to Hourly PoP values. Yields snow, sleet, freezing rain or rain based on combination of 850mb and SFC temperature threshholds chosen.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: WNAWAVE
Programmer's Name: David Novak Application # 431
Programmer's Site: (VUY ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-11-05
Type: Smart Initialization
Description: The WNAWAVE Smart Inititialization module allows an office to operationally ingest the Regional Western North Atlantic Wave Watch III Model into GFE. It is identical to the baseline GWW Smart Inititialization, except for the necessary name changes. The module simply converts the model wave heights from meters to feet, and the model wind speeds from m/s to knots. A fill routine also extrapolates the data to the coast.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: WorkTfmD2D
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 212
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 2.0
Version Date: 2002-07-02
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Generates a working surface temperature field based on a D2D temperature field from a model and pressure level chosen by the user at runtime. The user also enters a lapse rate, from which, together with the difference between the height of the chosen pressure level and the elevation at that point (topo), the temperature is derived. Intermediate working temperature fields could be usefull for winter weather tools.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: WS Eta smart initialization and implementation
Programmer's Name: david zaff Application # 446
Programmer's Site: (ALY ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-11-06
Type: Smart Initialization
Description: Importing the Workstation Eta (WS Eta) into GFE
There are 4 lines of code needed in localConfig.py, and 1 smart initialization file. You must have the WS Eta already running and viewable in AWIPS. Original code obtained from Pablo Santos.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Wx_Brewer
Programmer's Name: Mike Hardiman Application # 1070
Programmer's Site: (ILX ) Region: CR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2006-08-01
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Wx_Brewer is a comprehensive “non-blackbox” tool for creating weather grids from pre-existing POP fields. It is based on previous tools such as HGX_Wx_Tool written by Matt Moreland, the Giant_All_Purpose_Wx_Tool by Brian Smith, and WxManager by Carl Morgan.
Wx_Brewer combines the best of all these tools, plus plenty of new features. See documentation for more details.
Wx_Brewer is a very large tool. You may wish to download \\"Wx_Brewer_Lite\\" and \\"Wx_micro_Brewer\\"... which break up the features of the original version into two smaller tools.
Version 1.1 corrects a minor problem with fractional POPs. This resolves the issue with \"ER_QC_Check\" returning thin areas of invalid POPs.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Wx_Brewer_Lite
Programmer's Name: Mike Hardiman Application # 1071
Programmer's Site: (ILX ) Region: CR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2006-08-01
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Wx_Brewer_Lite is a \\\"slimmed down\\\" version of Wx_Brewer, a comprehensive “non-blackbox” tool for creating weather grids from pre-existing POP fields. It is based on previous tools such as HGX_Wx_Tool written by Matt Moreland, the Giant_All_Purpose_Wx_Tool by Brian Smith, and WxManager by Carl Morgan.
Wx_Brewer_Lite works well with the Wx_micro_Brewer tool. It is suggested that you download it, as well as
the full-version of Wx_Brewer.
Version 1.1 corrects a minor problem with fractional POPs. This resolves the issue with \"ER_QC_Check\" returning thin areas of invalid POPs.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Wx_by_PoP
Programmer's Name: Brian Brong Application # 164
Programmer's Site: (REV ) Region: WR
Version: 2.0
Version Date: 2003-11-06
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Sets the weather based on the PoP and user inputs. Snow Level determines rain or snow. PoP determines the uncertainty or coverage term based on C-11. Assigns NoWx for PoP less than 10.
Allows Thunder for rain and snow showers. Value +/- Snow Level sets the height above and below the Snow level for a rain snow mix to be returned.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Wx_By_Variable
Programmer's Name: Thomas Andretta Application # 395
Programmer's Site: (PIH ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2003-03-08
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This smart tool calculates the Weather Grid using various fields from the MESO ETA or ETA model. The precipitation type is derived from the thickness parameters defined in the BUFKIT (Mahoney et al, 1998) program.
Precipitation intensity is defined in NWS-OH #7 and is a function of the QPF gridded fields. The precipitation uncertainty qualifier is a function of the PoP Grid. Convective instability is set as a function of model CAPE. All the fields can be localized for the station CWA of interest. This is a point-based Python tool.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Wx_By_Variable2
Programmer's Name: Thomas Andretta Application # 396
Programmer's Site: (PIH ) Region: WR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2003-03-08
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This smart tool calculates the Weather Grid using various fields from the MESO ETA or ETA model. The precipitation type is derived from the thickness parameters defined in the BUFKIT (Mahoney et al, 1998) program.
Precipitation intensity is defined in NWS-OH #7 and is a function of the QPF gridded fields. The precipitation uncertainty qualifier is a function of the PoP Grid. Convective instability is set as a function of model CAPE. All the fields can be localized for the station CWA of interest. This is a numeric Python tool.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Wx_By_Variable3
Programmer's Name: Thomas Andretta Application # 459
Programmer's Site: (PIH ) Region: WR
Version: 1.2
Version Date: 2003-06-27
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This smart tool calculates the Weather Grid using various fields from the MESO ETA, ETA, or AVN model. The precipitation type is derived from the thickness parameters defined in the BUFKIT (Mahoney et al, 1998) program. Precipitation intensity is defined in NWS-OH #7 and is a function of the QPF gridded fields. The precipitation uncertainty or areal qualifier is a function of the PoP Grid. Convective instability is set as a function of model CAPE or LI. The obstructions to vision (F, H, BD, BS) are calculated in regions where the PoP grid is {0% < PoP < 11%}. All the fields can be localized for the station CWA of interest. This is a numeric Python tool.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Wx_By_Variable4
Programmer's Name: Thomas Andretta Application # 756
Programmer's Site: (PIH ) Region: WR
Version: 1.3
Version Date: 2004-03-20
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This smart tool calculates the Weather Grid using four methods:
(1) 1000 to 500 mb partial thickness - 26th Operational Air Squadron : AFWA TN - 98/002, 1998;
(2) 850 to 700 mb partial thickness - 26th Operational Air Squadron : AFWA TN - 98/002, 1998 BUFKIT : Mahoney et al., 1998;
(3) Wet Bulb Temperature - Jensen et al., 1990; and
(4) Snow Level - SnowLevel and Topo grids.
The IFPS grids used in this tool include the following:
T, Td, RH, QPF, PoP, SnowLevel, Topo, and Wx.
The smart tool uses gh, cape, and sli D2D fields from four NCEP models:
(1) MESO ETA model,
(2) ETA model,
(3) AVN model, and
(4) MRF model.
The precipitation intensity is defined in NWS-OH #7 and is a function of the QPF Grid.
The precipitation uncertainty or areal qualifier is a function of the PoP Grid.
Convective instability is set as a function of model (MESO ETA, ETA) Surface CAPE or (AVN) Surface Lifted Index.
The obstructions to vision (F, H, BD, BS) are calculated in regions where the PoP grid is (0% <= PoP < 11%).
All the fields can be customized by the user for the NWSFO CWA of interest.
This is a numeric Python tool.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: WxCov_match_PoP
Programmer's Name: timothy barker Application # 12
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2003-11-05
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Numeric tool that changes the coverage part of a weather string to match the PoP grid. Will remove weather where the PoP<15%, and when PoP indicates there should be weather but the current Wx grid does not contain any, it will add a user specified weather code. See inline comments for PoP ranges that get translated to Iso, Sct, Num, etc.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Wx_Fast
Programmer's Name: Thomas Andretta Application # 98
Programmer's Site: (PIH ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-05-02
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This smart tool generates the weather element from a condensed Tk GUI that features: areal vs. uncertainty qualifier, POP amount (0 to 100%), precipitation type, precipitation character (R, ZR, S, L, ZL), and precipitation intensity (very light, light, moderate, heavy). It uses radio buttons and can be faster to access versus the Query Dialog Box for similar fields.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: WxFm850Temp
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 72
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-01-25
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Determine snow or rain based on the 850MB temperature of the model of choice.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: WxFmHrlyPoP850T
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 74
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-01-25
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Sets Wx Coverage within Active Edit Area according to Hourly PoP values. Yields rain or snow based on 850MB temperature threshhold chosen.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: WxFmHrlyPoP_Uinput
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 73
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-01-25
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Sets Wx Coverage within Active Edit Area according to Hourly PoP values. Yields rain or snow based on SFC temperature threshhold chosen.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: WxFmPoPSkyUinput
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 75
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-01-25
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Sets Wx Coverage within Active Edit Area according to PoP, Sky and your input. Yields rain or snow based on SFC temperature threshhold chosen.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: WxFmPoPUinput
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 76
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-01-25
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Sets Wx Coverage within Active Edit Area according to PoP values. Yields rain or snow based on SFC temperature threshhold chosen.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: WxFromNomogram
Programmer's Name: Patrick Moore Application # 860
Programmer's Site: (GSP ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2005-01-10
Type: Smart Tool
Description: The WxFromNomogram smart tool and procedure is a companion to the
PTypeNomogramTool (available on the STR) that allows the user to
create a Wx grid directly from the Nomogram grid (created by the
PTypeNomogramTool). An additional enhancement is the ability to create
the Wx grid using the Nomogram grid in conjunction with the temperature
grid, freezing level grid, and precipitation type refinements based on the
\"Top-Down\" method of Baumgardt.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: WxFromNomogram
Programmer's Name: Patrick Moore Application # 1020
Programmer's Site: (GSP ) Region: ER
Version: 2.0
Version Date: 2006-02-24
Type: Smart Tool
Description: WxFromNomogram is a companion tool to the PTypeNomogramTool (also available on the STR). WxFromNomogram creates the Wx grid using the conditional probability taken from the PoP grid and the distribution of predominant and secondary precipitation types taken from the Nomogram grid. The forecaster has the option of creating the Wx grid using the precipitation types directly from the Nomogram grid, or altering the Nomogram p-types based on ideas extracted from the \"Top-Down\" method of Baumgardt. Both modes will modify p-types to remain internally consistent with values in the T grids and SnowLevel grids. The top-down mode allows the tool to incorporate information concerning hydrometeor-altering environments, such as warm layers aloft (taken from the \"MaxTAloft\" grid created with the MaxTAloftTool), cool dry layers near the surface (taken from the \"WetBulb\" grid created with the TwTool), and the presence of activated ice nuclei (controlled through the tool GUI). Note that the MaxTAloftTool and the TwTool are included in this distribution.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: WxFromNomogram
Programmer's Name: Patrick Moore Application # 1090
Programmer's Site: (GSP ) Region: ER
Version: 3.0
Version Date: 2006-11-14
Type: Smart Tool
Description: WxFromNomogram is a companion tool to the PTypeNomogramTool (also available on the STR). WxFromNomogram creates the Wx grid using the conditional probability precipitation type taken from the PoP grid and the distribution of predominant and secondary precipitation types taken from the Nomogram grid. The forecaster has the option of creating the Wx grid using the precipitation types directly from the Nomogram grid, or altering the Nomogram p-types to preserve internal consistency with the T, SnowLevel, and FzLevel grids.
In the new version of the WxFromNomogram tool, the consideration of \\"Top-Down\\" parameters has been spun off into a new tool called \\"TopDownWx\\", also available on the STR.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Wx_from_PoP_mix
Programmer's Name: Chris Gibson Application # 1082
Programmer's Site: (SLC ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2006-09-24
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Simple Wx from PoP tool for ob7.1c. Requires at least one SnowLevel grid with the Wx grid time range. Allows a mix of rain and snow for a desired layer below snow level. Based on a tool by Brian Brong originally developed in 2002. Copy tar file to a temp directory and execute \"tar -xvf WxfmPoPMix.tar\". Install instructions included.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: WX_FROM_POP_T
Programmer's Name: Jeremy Martin Application # 850
Programmer's Site: (GLD ) Region: CR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2004-12-13
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool takes, POP and T grids and comes up with corresponding Wx grids. Accepts user defined sfc T thresholds, and will allow for secondary types of wx and coverage.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: WxManager
Programmer's Name: Carl Morgan Application # 1231
Programmer's Site: (ILM ) Region: ER
Version: 1.2
Version Date: 2008-03-25
Type: Smart Tool
Description: WxManager is one of several tools available to populate the Wx grid based on PoP values. It brings features of various other tools together into one interface. It also incorporates a temperature mask so, for example, snow can be assigned where the temperature is less than 32 degrees. Version 1.2 appears to finally correct a recurring bug related to assigning attributes.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: WxManager
Programmer's Name: Carl Morgan Application # 1009
Programmer's Site: (ILM ) Region: ER
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2008-02-11
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Version 1.1 includes a couple of bug fixes related to assigning storm attributes. WxManager is one of several tools available to populate the Wx grid based on PoP values. It brings features of various other tools together into one interface. It also incorporates a temperature mask so, for example, snow can be assigned where the temperature is less than 32 degrees.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Wx_MarineLyr
Programmer's Name: Greg Martin Application # 270
Programmer's Site: (SGX ) Region: WR
Version: 2.1
Version Date: 2003-05-09
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool creates weather due to the marine layer (fog, drizzle, etc.). This could also be adapted to use anywhere clouds are banked up against mountains.
This tool is designed to be used in conjuntion with input provided by procedures Make_MarineLyr and/or Make_MarineLyr_Wx
Updated to version 2.0 April 2003 to add scalable inversion strength. Updated May 2003 (version 2.1) to set weather to \"Replace\" mode and to
fix a bug that did not assign weather for a marine inversion \"strength\" of 90.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Wx_micro_Brewer
Programmer's Name: Mike Hardiman Application # 1026
Programmer's Site: (ILX ) Region: CR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2006-08-01
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Wx_micro_Brewer is a \\"slimmed down\\" version of Wx_Brewer, a comprehensive “non-blackbox” tool for creating weather grids.
Wx_micro_Brewer edits Weather Types that are not dependant on POPs, such as Flurries, Sprinkles, Fog, Frost, etc.
Wx_micro_Brewer works well with the Wx_Brewer_Lite tool. It is suggested that you download it, as well as
the full-version of Wx_Brewer.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: WxProb_match_PoP
Programmer's Name: timothy barker Application # 11
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2003-11-05
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Numeric tool makes the probability part of a weather string match the PoP grid. Will remove weather anywhere PoP <15%, and if PoP indicates that there should be weather, but no weather is in the current grid, it will add in a user specified weather code. See comments for PoP ranges that get translated to SChc, Chc, Lkly, etc.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: WxProb_QC
Programmer's Name: Thomas Spriggs Application # 942
Programmer's Site: (LSX ) Region: CR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2005-08-29
Type: Smart Tool
Description: The WxProb_QC smart tool will set the coverage terms of the Wx “ugly-string” based on PoP...for precipitating, PoP-dependent weather types only. Since everything is done and figured out automatically, there are no runtime variables. Therefore, the tool ideally runs in the background as part of some larger QC package (such as part of a GFE Procedure) that is executed just before you are ready to publish grids, etc. This tool was formerly known as Wx_QC.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Wx_SmartTool
Programmer's Name: Chris Darden Application # 580
Programmer's Site: (MEG ) Region: SR
Version: 2.0
Version Date: 2005-02-14
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This smart tool will allow the forecaster to generate the weather grids based on the pop values and selected variables. The user will be able to choose precip type, coverage vs. probability, intensity and convective vs. stratiform. In addition, an adjustable lower end threshold for isolated/slight chance pops and a toggle for flurries/sprinkles is included.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Wx_SmartTool
Programmer's Name: Chris Darden Application # 81
Programmer's Site: (MEG ) Region: SR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-03-02
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This file is a smart tool which allows the forecaster to generate the weather grids based on the pop values and selected variables. The user will be able to choose precip type, coverage vs. probability, intensity and convective vs. stratiform. In addition, an adjustable lower end threshold for isolated/slight chance pops and a toggle for flurries/sprinkles is included.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: WxType_QC
Programmer's Name: Thomas Spriggs Application # 943
Programmer's Site: (LSX ) Region: CR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2005-08-29
Type: Smart Tool
Description: The WxType_QC smart tool will set the type terms of the Wx “ugly-string” based on T. Since everything is done and figured out automatically, there are no runtime variables. Therefore, the tool ideally runs in the background as part of some larger QC package (such as part of a GFE Procedure) that is executed just before you are ready to publish grids, etc.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: WxWithFlurriesSprinkles
Programmer's Name: Thomas Mazza Application # 77
Programmer's Site: (RLX ) Region: ER
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2002-01-25
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Sets Wx Coverage within Active Edit Area according to Hourly PoPs. Will yield sprinkles or flurries for 20 PoP, so character is showery. Yields rain or snow based on SFC temperature threshhold chosen.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: xmrgPlot
Programmer's Name: Les Colin Application # 1081
Programmer's Site: (BOI ) Region: WR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2006-09-15
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Produces hourly plots of MPE precipitation data into grids named \\"Pcpn\\". Version 1.1 works east of 105W (version 1.0 did not.)
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: XtremeDewPt
Programmer's Name: David Elson Application # 778
Programmer's Site: (PQR ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2004-07-17
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool is intended as an aid to the collaboration process. In many cases, for a given T and RH, the Td falls within some range of values. Even if T and RH meet collaboration guidelines, it is possible that the computed Td's will not meet the collaboration guideline. In addition to being able to compute the \"normal\" mid-range Td value, the user may set the Td to the maximum or minimum allowable values for the given T and RH...which may aid in keeping Td border within tolerance, without having to alter the T and RH grids.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: XtremeRH
Programmer's Name: David Elson Application # 777
Programmer's Site: (PQR ) Region: WR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2004-07-17
Type: Smart Tool
Description: This tool is intended as an aid to the collaboration process. In many cases, for a given T and Td, the RH falls within some range of values. Even if T and Td meet collaboration guidelines, it is possible that the computed RHs will not meet the collaboration guideline. In addition to being able to ompute the \"normal\" mid-range RH value, the user may set the RH to the maximum or minimum allowable values for the given T and Td...which may aid in keeping RH border within tolerance, without having to alter the T and Td grids.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Zero_PoP
Programmer's Name: John Eise Application # 991
Programmer's Site: (MKX ) Region: CR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2006-02-12
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Checks internal consistency of PoP against Wx. One of a series to be run in the following order: Zero_PoP, Zero_QPF, Zero_SnowAmt
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Zero_Precip
Programmer's Name: John Eise Application # 1014
Programmer's Site: (MKX ) Region: CR
Version: 1.0
Version Date: 2006-02-12
Type: Consistency Script
Description: Procedure to run the Zero series of smart tools to check the internal consistency of PoP, QPF and SnowAmt against Wx.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Zero_QPF
Programmer's Name: John Eise Application # 1016
Programmer's Site: (MKX ) Region: CR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2006-02-12
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Checks internal consistency of QPF against PoP. One of a series to be run in the following order: Zero_PoP, Zero_QPF, Zero_SnowAmt. Fixed PoP threshold.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
Program Name: Zero_SnowAmt
Programmer's Name: John Eise Application # 993
Programmer's Site: (MKX ) Region: CR
Version: 1.1
Version Date: 2006-02-12
Type: Smart Tool
Description: Checks internal consistency of SnowAmt against Wx, PoP and T. One of a series to be run in the following order: Zero_PoP, Zero_QPF, Zero_SnowAmt.
Languages:
Status: Operational
Documentation:
|
|
